Kangyur Translations

Toh 1-2 — The Chapter on the Restoration Rite

Poṣadhavastu

From The Chapters on Monastic Discipline

The Chapter on the Restoration Rite

Prologue

F.131.a A global summary of The Chapter on the Restoration Rite:

#UT22084-001-002-section-1, #UT22084-001-002-section-2,
#UT22084-001-002-section-3, #UT22084-001-002-section-4,[1] and #UT22084-001-002-section-5.

Tīrthika

A summary:

#UT22084-001-002-section-1-1, #UT22084-001-002-section-1-2,
#UT22084-001-002-section-1-3, #UT22084-001-002-section-1-4,
#UT22084-001-002-section-1-5, #UT22084-001-002-section-1-6,
#UT22084-001-002-section-1-7, and #UT22084-001-002-section-1-8.[2]
Tīrthika

The Blessed Buddha was staying at the Kalandakanivāpa in the Bamboo Grove near Rājagṛha when a great number of lay vow holders from Rājagṛha, who endeavored to see and pay their respects to the Blessed One every morning,[3] thought, “The Blessed One has withdrawn into seclusion, as have the dedicated monks, so it is still too early for a visit to see and pay our respects to the Blessed One. Therefore, let us visit the park of another group of wandering mendicant tīrthikas.”

With that, the great number of lay vow holders from Rājagṛha F.131.b set out for the park of another group of wandering mendicant tīrthikas. They were delighted to see the wandering mendicant tīrthikas together and, after various expressions of esteem, sat off to one side. One wandering mendicant then said to the other wandering mendicants, “Friends, are we the only ones with a seated practice, a protocol, and a restoration rite? Or do the ascetic sons of the Śākyan have them, too?”

Another wandering mendicant replied, saying to the other wandering mendicants, “Friends, we alone have a seated practice, a protocol, and a restoration rite. The ascetic sons of the Śākyan do not have them.”

The Motion

The great number of lay vow holders from Rājagṛha neither praised what the other group of wandering mendicant tīrthikas had said nor did they repudiate it. Having neither praised nor repudiated it, they then rose from their seats and went to the Blessed One. On reaching him, they bowed at his feet and sat off to one side. Having sat off to one side, these lay vow holders from Rājagṛha related at length everything that had happened while among the other group of wandering mendicant tīrthikas and then appealed to the Blessed One: “O Blessed One! Out of compassion, please establish a seated practice, a protocol, and a restoration rite of our own.”

Consent

By remaining silent, the Blessed One consented to the appeal made by the great number of lay vow holders from Rājagṛha. Understanding the Blessed One’s silence to be consent, the great number of lay vow holders from Rājagṛha praised and rejoiced in the Blessed One’s proclamation before taking their leave from his presence. F.132.a

Seated Practice

The Blessed One then said to the monks, “I hereby declare that henceforth monks should attend to a seated practice, a protocol, and a restoration rite.”

Not knowing what a seated practice, a protocol, or a restoration rite ought to be, the monks appealed to the Blessed One, who replied, “Come, monks. The seated practice is called yoga.[4] Reflect on this: no matter how you sit or what you do, the whole of this body, from the soles of the feet up to the hair on the crown and all the skin in between, is filled with all sorts of impurities—the hair on the head and face,[5] the nails and teeth, the dirt, the grime, and the skin, flesh, bones, sinews, veins, kidneys, heart, spleen, lungs, intestines, colon, stomach, guts, bladder, liver, feces, tears, mucus, oils,[6] lymph, marrow, fat, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, brains, meninges, and urine.”

Meditation Residence

After the Blessed One instructed them to engage in yoga, the monks engaged in yoga even when out on their rounds.[7] And when they did, they collided with wandering elephants, horses, and infantrymen,[8] causing them to trip and fall, prompting those who lacked faith to taunt those noble ones: “Didn’t you see them?”

Told to engage in yoga, the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One replied, F.132.b “Those who are out on their rounds should not engage in yoga.”

When they engaged in yoga at the monastery gatehouse, they fell asleep, prompting those who lacked faith to taunt those noble ones: “Hey you! Is it your practice to sleep in public?”[9]

At this the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One replied, “You should not engage in yoga at the gatehouse.”

When they engaged in yoga on the terrace[10] and those same problems occurred, the Blessed One said, “You should not engage in yoga on the terrace.”

When they practiced in the residence hall,[11] they failed to achieve single-pointed attention because noise is a thorn to concentration, so the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One replied, “You should not engage in yoga in the residence hall.”

When they went into the forest to practice, and bandits, rogues, lions, tigers, panthers,[12] and leopards crossed their paths, the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One replied, “You should not engage in yoga in the forest.”

When they practiced on the outskirts of towns, those who lacked faith taunted those noble ones: “Hey you! Are you dead or what?”[13]

At this the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One replied, “You should surround a place with boughs, a lattice, or screens.”

So they surrounded a place with boughs, a lattice, and screens, but those who lacked faith taunted those noble ones: “What is this? A garden for melons and radishes?”

At this the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One replied, F.133.a “You should surround the place with walls or a ditch.”

So they surrounded the place with walls or ditches, but those who lacked faith taunted those noble ones: “What is this? A garden for lemons and pomegranates?” to which they replied, “We are practicing yoga.”

The monks then appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One replied, “I give consent to build a meditation residence.”

Given consent by the Blessed One to build a meditation residence, but not knowing what a meditation residence ought to be like, the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One replied, “There are two types of meditation residence: those in small clusters and those in large clusters. The smaller has two dwellings with a passageway in the middle while the larger has ten or twelve dwellings with a passageway in the middle.”[14]


When the monks built meditation residences, they built them like storerooms,[15] that is, without a doorway, so the Blessed One said, “A doorway should be cut out.”

When the monks failed to install doors, the Blessed One said, “Doors should be installed.”

When the doors proved difficult to open, the Blessed One said, “Handles should be affixed to them.”

When the rings of the door handles were found to make noise, the Blessed One said, “A piece of leather should be placed under them.”

When the doors proved difficult to close, the Blessed One said, “A cross bolt, lever, or bar should be installed.”[16]


When the meditation residences proved dark, the Blessed One said, “A window should be cut out.”

When the windows were cut out too low, bandits, rogues, lions, tigers, and leopards[17] got in, so the Blessed One said, “They should not be cut out too low.”

When the windows were cut out too high, the light was not bright enough, F.133.b so the Blessed One said, “They should not be cut out too high. Leave two-thirds and cut them out of the remaining third.”

When the monks left the upper two-thirds and cut out of the lower third, the Blessed One said, “Leave the lower two-thirds and cut the windows out of the remaining third above.”

When the monks cut out wide apertures that tapered in, the Blessed One said, “Windows should be shaped like the sea, with a narrow aperture and broad interior.”[18]

When crows, sparrows, and pigeons flew in, the Blessed One said, “The windows should be latticed.”

When house- and horseflies flew in, the Blessed One said, “The windows should have shutters.”[19]

When wind blew the shutters open, the Blessed One said, “A bar should be installed.”[20]

When the shutters proved difficult to close, the Blessed One said, “Cross bolts and levers should be installed.”[21]

When the shutters proved difficult to open, the Blessed One said, “Fashion a key lever[22] from wood and use it to open the window, and a bar, a cross bolt, or a lever to close it.”


Since seats were needed in the meditation residence, the Blessed One said, “Fashion a cushion of earth.”

When these proved too hard, the Blessed One said, “Use a stool.”

The Blessed One told the monks to use a stool, but they did not know what such a stool ought to be like, so the Blessed One said, “Make a stool with a frame one cubit long on each side and a woven seat for comfort.”[23]

Since the monks did not know what weave to use, the Blessed One said, “There are five weaves: sedge, hemp,[24] vālvaja grass, paṭa straw, and reed.”[25]

When the monks found these too hard, the Blessed One said, F.134.a “Place a cushion over the seat.”

Since the monks did not know what a seat cushion ought to be like, the Blessed One said, “Sew together two pieces with a perimeter of four cubits, each side one cubit wide, and fill them with fibers.”

Since the monks did not know what fibers to use, the Blessed One said, “There are five types of fiber: arga fiber, kaśika fiber, erakā fiber, baka fiber, and śalmalī fiber.[26] Alternatively, the cushion may be filled with one of the following five: wool, hemp, cotton, cloth shreds, or pāmṣu plant fibers.”

When the cushions were filled, all of the fibers shifted to one side, so the Blessed One said, “Using thread, partition it into pockets with crow’s feet seams.”[27]


When the monks fell asleep while seated, the Blessed One said, “A jar should be tied.”[28]

Since the monks did not know how to tie such a jar,[29] the Blessed One said, “Tie it to the ear with string.”

When the monks still fell asleep, the Blessed One said, “Prod [the meditator] with a rod.”[30]

When the monks prodded them with a stylus-shaped rod, it left wounds, so the Blessed One said, “Use one shaped like a weighing pan.”[31]

When that still hurt the monks, the Blessed One said, “Once it has been wrapped in a piece of cloth, gently prod with it.”

When the monks still fell asleep, the Blessed One said, “Throw a ball of yarn [at the meditator].”[32]

When the monks threw balls of yarn in the dark, they went astray, so the Blessed One said, “Attach it to a string and throw it. Then you may draw it back.”

When the monks still fell asleep, the Blessed One said, F.134.b “Place a lamp in front.”[33]

When they still fell asleep, the Blessed One said, “Sit with one leg extended.”[34]

When they still fell asleep, the Blessed One said, “Sit with both legs extended.”[35]

When they still fell asleep, the Blessed One said, “Stand up and walk a bit.”

When the monks walked, they did so in a disorderly fashion so the Blessed One said, “Grab hold of the rope.”

When they followed the rope with their hands, the Blessed One said, “Punch a hole [in an object], affix it to the string, and hold on to that as you walk.”[36]

When they walked in sandals, they made noise, so the Blessed One said, “Do not walk in sandals.”

When their feet got dirty, the Blessed One said, “Lay down a mat.”[37]

When the mat became grimy, the Blessed One said, “Monks, I will establish the rules of customary conduct for meditators.[38] Monk meditators should wash their feet every three days. Monk meditators should fully embrace the rules of customary conduct I have thus established. If they do not, they will commit a transgression.”


When the monks could no longer fit in the meditation residence, the Blessed One said, “Erect a second story above.”[39]

When it proved difficult to climb up, the Blessed One said, “Build a staircase.”

When the monks fell down, the Blessed One said, “Build a railing.”

When it proved shaky, the Blessed One said, “Fasten it down with iron nails.”

When the monks could still not fit in the meditation hall, the Blessed One said, “Erect a ring of dwellings around the meditation hall.”

When the monks cut out doorways, they could see one another, so the Blessed One said, “The doorways should be offset.[40] Build a gatehouse.[41] Build caves, too.”[42]

When they fell asleep inside, F.135.a the Blessed One said, “Hang a blanket or cloth near the door and sleep there. This need not be regretted.”[43]

Manager

They then left, and on their return[44] the Blessed One said, “A monk meditation manager should be appointed.[45] For a monk manager, there are five factors that may pertain such that someone not already appointed should not be appointed, and if already appointed should be relieved of that position. What are those five factors? To be driven by desire, driven by aggression, driven by ignorance, driven by fear, and not to know which of the meditators’ needs ought and ought not be attended to.[46] If those five factors do pertain to someone not already appointed as monk manager, he should not be appointed, and if already appointed should be relieved of that position.

“For a monk manager, there are five other factors that may pertain such that someone not already appointed should be appointed, and if already appointed should be relieved of that position. What are these five factors? Not to be driven by desire, driven by aggression, driven by ignorance, or driven by fear, and to know which of the meditators’ needs ought and ought not be attended to.[47] If these five factors pertain to someone not already appointed as monk manager, he should be appointed, and if already appointed should not be relieved of that position.

“He should be appointed in the following way. To begin, determine whether he is willing to serve by asking:

“ ‘So-and-so, would you be willing to serve as the saṅgha’s meditation manager?’

“If he is willing, he should reply:

“ ‘Yes, I am willing.’

“Then, set up seats and strike the gaṇḍī beam. After informing the monks of the matter at hand, once the entire saṅgha is seated and assembled, one monk should make a motion and perform the act as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The monk so-and-so is willing to serve as the saṅgha’s meditation manager. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it,[48] I ask that the saṅgha give their consent. Once the saṅgha appoints this monk to serve as the saṅgha’s meditation manager, F.135.b this monk will serve in such a capacity.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed in the following way:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The monk so-and-so is willing to serve as the saṅgha’s meditation manager. May this monk therefore be appointed to serve in that capacity. If this monk would serve as the saṅgha’s meditation manager, then I ask that those venerable ones who would appoint and accept this monk to serve in this capacity remain silent. I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“In accepting the candidate and giving their consent, the saṅgha appoint the monk so-and-so to serve as the saṅgha’s meditation manager. The monk so-and-so will then serve as the saṅgha’s meditation manager. By thus remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.

“Monks, I will establish the rules of customary conduct for the monk meditation manager. The monk meditation manager should sprinkle the meditation hall grounds with water, sweep it, spread a fresh paste of dung over it, lay out the seats,[49] clean the toilets, sprinkle water over the floor, sweep them out, spread a fresh paste of dung over them, and set out piles of leaves, clods of dirt,[50] earth, and water.”[51]


After the monks went around to each monk and summoned them individually, the Blessed One said, “Rather than summon each monk individually, strike the gaṇḍī beam.”

The monk manager struck a gaṇḍī beam too often,[52] and after a time, the local villagers, fearing that bandits had come, donned armor and arrived, shouting, “Noble ones! Where are the bandits?”

“Friends,” they replied, “no bandits have come. This is how we attend to meditation.”

“But noble ones, you are signaling violence. F.136.a Where is the meditation here?”

After this, the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One said, “Do not strike the gaṇḍī beam too often. The gaṇḍī beam can be used in five ways: to summon the saṅgha, for formal acts, for the dead, for meditation, and for danger.

“To summon the saṅgha, strike in three sustained rolls, each punctuated with three sharp raps. For formal acts, strike in one sustained roll punctuated with three sharp raps.[53] For the dead, the muṇḍikā.[54] A ringing staff may serve as a gaṇḍī beam for meditation.[55] For danger, strike as long as needed.”


When the time came to eat, the monks did as they pleased, so the Blessed One said, “The monks should not simply do as they please when the time to eat comes. Only when they have learned the time may they do as they please. Those who receive their meal from the saṅgha should first wash and then join the saṅgha, while those who go out for alms should first wash their hands and feet and then go to the village for alms.”

When they continued to do as they pleased, the Blessed One said, “Do not simply do as you please. Instead, recite the Three Implements.”[56]

When they recited too much, the Blessed One said, “Do not recite too much.”

When they recited too little, the Blessed One said, “Do not recite too little, but rather a moderate amount.”

When they failed to explain patronage, the Blessed One said, “Explain patronage.”[57]

Though the Blessed One told them to explain patronage, they did not know who should do so, so the Blessed One replied, “The saṅgha elder should explain patronage.”

When they explained patronage to an excessive degree, the Blessed One said, “Do not explain patronage to an excessive degree.”

When they explained patronage F.136.b too little, the Blessed One said, “Do not explain patronage to an exceedingly meager degree, but rather in a moderate amount.”

When the monk meditation manager had arrived last and left first, the Blessed One said, “The monk meditation manager should arrive first and leave last. If certain events should transpire,[58] he should hide the key in an out-of-the-way place and then announce, ‘Venerable ones, I have hidden the key in such and such a place. Use it to open the hall.’ If the monk meditation manager does not properly observe the rules of customary conduct, he will be guilty of a breach.”

Here ends the section on the seated practice.[59]

Acts

“What are the acts? The saṅgha motion, the act by motion and resolution, and the act by motion and triple resolution.”[60]

Agreeing on the Restoration Rite Site

“What is the restoration rite? Monks, it is the recitation of The Prātimokṣa Sūtra, which I have taught. From now on, you should recite it every two weeks.”

When the Blessed One told them that The Prātimokṣa Sūtra should be recited every two weeks, they did not know who ought to recite it, so the Blessed One said, “The saṅgha elder should recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra every two weeks.”

When the Blessed One told them that the saṅgha elder should recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra every two weeks, the monks gathered in the dwelling. When it did not accommodate them, the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One said, “Do not recite it in the dwelling.”

When they recited it in the hall but that too did not accommodate them, the Blessed One said, “The saṅgha should agree on a restoration rite site.”

The Blessed One F.137.a told them that the saṅgha should agree on a restoration rite site, but they did not know how to reach agreement, so the Blessed One said, “The saṅgha should agree on a restoration rite site, the whole of which is natural, created, or claimed,[61] with one fathom of land between the inner boundary and beyond. Agreement should be reached in the following way: After seats have been arranged, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. Once the saṅgha is seated and assembled, one monk should make a motion and perform the act as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. If the saṅgha should accept this site as a restoration rite site, the whole of which is natural, created, or claimed,[62] with one fathom of land between the inner boundary and beyond, then we agree on it as the restoration rite site.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed as follows:

“Venerable saṅgha, please listen. If, the saṅgha agrees upon this site which has been selected as the restoration rite site—the whole of which is natural, created, or claimed and has one fathom of land between the inner boundary and beyond—as being the restoration rite site—the whole of which is natural, created, or claimed and has one fathom of land between the inner boundary and beyond—then I ask those venerable ones who can accept the agreement that this site—the whole of which is natural, created, or claimed and has one fathom of land between the inner boundary and beyond—should be the restoration rite site, F.137.b please remain silent. I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“In accepting and giving their consent, the saṅgha agrees on the site as the saṅgha’s restoration rite site—the whole of which is natural, created, or claimed and has one fathom of land between the inner boundary and beyond. By remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.

“The monks may then sit down at the site the saṅgha has agreed on as the restoration rite site and perform the restoration rite, the lifting of restrictions,[63] motions, acts by motion and resolution, and acts by motion and triple resolution. If they perform [an official act] while being incomplete, they will be guilty of a breach.”[64]B12

Kapphiṇa

A summary:

#UT22084-001-002-section-2-1; #UT22084-001-002-section-2-2;
#UT22084-001-002-section-2-3; #UT22084-001-002-section-2-4; #UT22084-001-002-section-2-5;
#UT22084-001-002-section-2-6;
#UT22084-001-002-section-2-7; #UT22084-001-002-section-2-8; and #UT22084-001-002-section-2-9,
#UT22084-001-002-section-2-10, #UT22084-001-002-section-2-11, and #UT22084-001-002-section-2-12
Are included in this section.[65]
Kapphiṇa

The Blessed Buddha was staying at the Kalandakanivāpa in the Bamboo Grove near Rājagṛha.[66] The brahmin Kapphiṇa was staying at Senikā Cave near Rājagṛha, together with the saṅgha with whom he had enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite.[67] On the fifteenth, a great many monks were seated and assembled at the restoration rite site. The majority were seated and waiting for the venerable brahmin Kapphiṇa. Then Kapphiṇa thought, “Today the saṅgha’s restoration rite falls on the fifteenth. If today, the fifteenth, is also my, the monk Kapphiṇa’s, restoration rite, should I or should I not go to the site of the saṅgha’s restoration rite? Should I or should I not participate in the restoration rite with the saṅgha? Should I or should I not attend the saṅgha’s acts and activities? F.138.a Should I or should I not participate with the saṅgha in its acts and activities? The Blessed One has even said:

“ ‘The pure always observe the fast.
The pure always observe the restoration rite.
The pure whose behavior is pure
Indeed fulfill their observance.’

“And I am pure, of the greatest purity.”

Knowing the brahmin Kapphiṇa’s thoughts, the Blessed One disappeared from the Bamboo Grove and reappeared, seated in front of the revered brahmin Kapphiṇa at Senikā Cave. He said, “Kapphiṇa, is it not true that you, when you retreated into solitude and withdrew into meditation, thought, ‘Today the saṅgha’s restoration rite falls on the fifteenth. If today, the fifteenth, is also my, the monk Kapphiṇa’s, restoration rite, should I or should I not go to the site of the saṅgha’s restoration rite? Should I or should I not participate in the restoration rite with the saṅgha? Should I or should I not attend the saṅgha’s acts and activities? Should I or should I not participate with the saṅgha in its acts and activities? The Blessed One has even said:

“ ‘ “The pure always observe the fast.
The pure always observe the restoration rite.
The pure whose behavior is pure
Indeed fulfill their observance.” ’ F.138.b

“ ‘And I am pure, of the greatest purity’?”

“I did, venerable one.”

“Kapphiṇa, then, if you do not go to the saṅgha’s restoration rite site, who else will go? If you do not participate with the saṅgha in the restoration rite, who else will participate? If you do not attend the saṅgha’s acts and activities, who else will attend? If you do not participate with the saṅgha in its acts and activities, who else will?

“Therefore, Kapphiṇa, do not fail to go to the saṅgha’s restoration rite site. Kapphiṇa, do not fail to participate with the saṅgha in the restoration rite. Kapphiṇa, do not fail to attend the saṅgha’s acts and activities. Kapphiṇa, do not fail to participate with the saṅgha in the saṅgha’s acts and activities.”


The Blessed One then took the revered brahmin Kapphiṇa to the saṅgha’s restoration rite site and sat down on the mat that had been lain before the saṅgha of monks. After sitting down, the Blessed One said to the monks, “I now allow[68] that those monks who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite may demarcate a large boundary.”

When the Buddha allowed that monks who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite may demarcate a large boundary, they did not know how to demarcate a large boundary, so the Blessed One said, “To begin with, boarding or resident monks[69] should set firm markers in the four directions to demarcate the large boundary. In the east, choose a firm marker such as a boulder, wall, pillar, F.139.a tree, fence, rock crevice, road, or well.[70] In the south, west, and north as well, choose a firm marker such as a boulder, wall, pillar, tree, fence, rock crevice, road, or well.

“Then, after the seats have been arranged, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. Once the whole saṅgha is seated and assembled, a boarding or a resident monk should announce the firm markers in the four directions that demarcate the large boundary: in the east, south, west, and north, the firm marker is a boulder, wall, pillar, tree, fence, rock crevice, road, well, and so on.

“Then, one monk should make a motion and perform the act as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The boarding and resident monks have announced the firm markers they have set in the four directions to demarcate the large boundary. In the east, the firm markers are a boulder and a wall; in the south, the firm markers are a pillar and a tree; in the west,F.139.b the firm markers are a fence and a rock crevice; and in the north, the firm markers are a road and a well.[71] Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, I ask that the saṅgha give their consent and the saṅgha demarcate the large boundary by enclosing a site with a shared restoration rite within the above markers, including the forest[72] and including the residence[73] but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein, so that monks may gather at the site and be at ease.’[74]

“That is the motion. The act is performed as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The boarding and resident monks have announced the firm markers in the four directions they have set to demarcate the large boundary on this site. In the east, the firm markers are a boulder and a wall; in the south, the firm markers are a pillar and a tree; in the west, the firm markers are a fence and a rock crevice; and in the north, the firm markers are a road and a well. If a large boundary is demarcated by the saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite within the above markers, including the forest and including the residence but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein, so that monks may gather at the site and be at ease remain silent, then I ask that those venerable ones who can accept the large boundary that has been demarcated by the saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite within the above markers, including the forest and including the residence but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein, so that monks may gather at the site and be at ease remain silent. F.140.a I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“In accepting and giving their consent, the large boundary is demarcated by the saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite within these markers, including the forest and including the residence but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein, so that the saṅgha may gather at the site and be at ease. By remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.

“The monks may then sit within the large boundary demarcated by the saṅgha and use it for the seated practice, the restoration rite, the lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, and acts by motion and triple resolution. If they perform [an official act] while being incomplete, they will be guilty of a breach.”

Robes

When the monks carried the three robes during their daily practice,[75] they were oppressed by the heat, so the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One said, “Consent should be given so that all monks are deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary.[76] Consent should be given in the following way.

After seats have been arranged, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. Once the whole saṅgha is seated and assembled, one monk should make a motion and perform the act as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. A complete saṅgha, which has enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite, has demarcated a large boundary for this site. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, I ask that the saṅgha give their consent that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary so that the saṅgha may gather and be at ease, I ask consent.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. F.140.b A complete saṅgha, which has enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite, has demarcated a large boundary for this site. Therefore, if the saṅgha gives consent that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease, I ask those venerable ones who can accept that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at the site and be at ease, to remain silent. I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“In accepting this and giving their consent, the saṅgha gives consent that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease. By remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.

“Where the saṅgha has granted consent that monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease, monks may remain in their upper and lower robes. This need not be regretted.”[77]

Consent to Undo

Among them were monks who did those acts described in the group of four, who did those acts described in the group of five, and who did those acts described in the group of ten.[78] When the whole saṅgha gathered, among them were monks whose dedication to virtue had lapsed.[79] So the monks appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One said, “A small boundary should be demarcated and it should be agreed upon it as the inner circle.

First the large boundary should be undone in the following way. After seats have been arranged, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. Once the whole saṅgha is seated and assembled, one monk F.141.a should make a motion and perform the act as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. A complete saṅgha, which has enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite, has demarcated a large boundary for this site. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, I ask that the saṅgha give their consent. I ask that the saṅgha erase and undo the large boundary.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. A complete saṅgha, which has enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite, has demarcated a large boundary for this site. Therefore, if the saṅgha abolishes and undoes the large boundary, I ask those venerable ones who can accept the erasure and undoing of the large boundary to remain silent. I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“This is the first statement of the act. It should be repeated verbatim a second and third time. In accepting and giving their consent, the saṅgha erases and undoes the large boundary. By remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.”

Consent for the Small Boundary

“After that, boarding or resident monks should set firm markers in the four directions to demarcate the small boundary. In the east, south, west, and north, choose a firm marker by planting a teakwood stake, stringing yarn, placing a rock, or digging a furrow.

“After seats have been arranged, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. Once the whole saṅgha is seated and assembled, boarding or resident monks should announce the firm markers in the four directions that demarcate the small boundary: ‘In the east, F.141.b south, west, and north, the following firm markers have been planted: a teakwood stake, strung yarn, a placed rock, or a dug furrow.’

“After that, one monk should make a motion and perform the act as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The boarding or resident monks have announced the firm markers in the four directions that demarcate the small boundary on this site. In the east, the firm marker is a planted teakwood stake; in the south, strung yarn; in the west, a placed rock; and in the north, a dug furrow. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, I ask that the saṅgha give their consent and the saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite demarcate the small boundary within these markers and agree upon it as the small circle, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The boarding or resident monks have announced the firm markers in the four directions that demarcate the small boundary on this site. In the east, the firm marker is a planted teakwood stake; in the south, strung yarn; in the west, a placed rock; and in the north, a dug furrow. If the saṅgha demarcates the small boundary within these markers and agrees upon it as the inner circle, F.142.a I ask that those venerable ones who can accept the small boundary that the saṅgha has demarcated within these markers and agreed upon it as the inner circle, so that the saṅgha may gather at the site and be at ease, to remain silent. I ask those who cannot accept it to speak now.’

“In accepting and giving their consent, the saṅgha accepts the small boundary thus demarcated within these markers and agrees upon it as the inner circle, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease. By remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.”

Consent for the Large Boundary

“After that, the large boundary should be demarcated. It should be done in the following way. To begin with, boarding or resident monks should set firm markers in the four directions to demarcate the large boundary. In the east, south, west, and north, set firm markers such as a boulder, a wall, a pillar, a tree, a fence, a rock crevice, a road, or a well.[80]

“Then, after seats have been arranged, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. Once the whole saṅgha is seated and assembled, boarding or resident monks should announce the firm markers in the four directions that demarcate the large boundary: in the east, south, west, and north, the firm markers are a boulder, a wall, a pillar, a tree, a fence, a rock crevice, F.142.b a road, a well, and so on.

“Then, one monk should make a motion and perform the act as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The boarding or resident monks have announced the firm markers they have set in the four directions to demarcate the large boundary on this site. In the east, the firm markers are a boulder and a wall; in the south, the firm markers are a pillar and a tree; in the west, the firm markers are a fence and a rock crevice; and in the north, the firm markers are a road and a well. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, I ask that the saṅgha give their consent for the large boundary that the saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite has demarcated within the above markers, including the forest and including the residence but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein, so that monks may gather at the site and be at ease.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The boarding or resident monks have announced the firm markers they have set in the four directions to demarcate the large boundary on this site. In the east, the firm markers are a boulder and a wall; in the south, the firm markers are a pillar and a tree; F.143.a in the west, the firm markers are a fence and a rock crevice; and in the north, the firm markers are a road and a well. If the saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite demarcates a large boundary within the above markers, including the forest and including the residence but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein, so that monks may gather at the site and be at ease remain silent, then I ask that those venerable ones who can accept the large boundary that the saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite has demarcated within the above markers, including the forest and including the residence but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein, so that monks may gather at the site and be at ease remain silent. I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“In accepting and giving their consent, the saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite demarcates the large boundary within these markers, including the forest and including the residence but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein, so that the saṅgha may gather at the site and be at ease. By remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.

“The monks may then sit within the large boundary demarcated by the saṅgha and use it for the seated practice, the restoration rite, the lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, and acts by motion and triple resolution. If they perform [an official act] while being incomplete, they will be guilty of a breach.


“Then, consent should be given that all monks are deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary. Consent should be given in the following way. After seats have been arranged, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. F.143.b Once the entire saṅgha is seated and assembled, one monk should make a motion and perform the act as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. A complete saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite demarcated the large boundary. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, I ask that the saṅgha give their consent that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. A complete saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite demarcated the large boundary. Therefore, if the saṅgha gives consent that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease, I ask those venerable ones who can accept that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at the site and be at ease, to remain silent. I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“In accepting this and giving their consent, the saṅgha gives consent that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease. By remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.

“Where the saṅgha has given consent that monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease, monks may remain in their upper and lower robes.[81] This need not be regretted.”

Consent to Shrink, Expand, and Undo

Upāli asked the Blessed One, F.144.a “Honorable One, is it permissible for a single monk officiant to shrink or expand a site with an inner and outer boundary by making a single motion and a single statement of the act?”

“Yes, Upāli, it is. In shrinking, the large boundary becomes the small boundary, and in expanding, the small boundary becomes the large boundary. To begin with, undo the large boundary as well as the small boundary, thus erasing the inner circle. It should be undone in the following way. After seats have been arranged, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. Once the whole saṅgha is seated and assembled, position saṅgha at both boundaries. A monk officiant should then plant a piece of wood, a stick, a staff, or a cloth[82] before making a motion and performing the act:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. A complete saṅgha, which has enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite, has demarcated a large boundary and a small boundary on this site and agreed upon it as the inner circle. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, I ask that the saṅgha give their consent that the saṅgha erase the large boundary and also the small boundary, thereby undoing the inner circle.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. A complete saṅgha, which has enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite, has demarcated a large boundary and a small boundary on this site and agreed upon that as the inner circle. If the saṅgha erases both the large boundary and the small boundary, undoing the inner circle, I ask those venerable ones who can accept that erasure of the large boundary as well as the small boundary, and the subsequent undoing of the inner circle, to remain silent. F.144.b I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“This is the first statement of the act. It should be repeated verbatim a second and third time. In accepting and giving their consent, the saṅgha erases the large boundary as well as the small boundary, thereby undoing the inner circle. By remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.

Demarcate

“After that, boarding or resident monks should set firm markers in the four directions to demarcate the large boundary. In the east, south, west, and north, choose a firm marker such as a boulder, wall, pillar, tree, fence, rock crevice, road, or well.

“They should then set firm markers in the four directions to demarcate the small boundary. In the east, south, west, and north, they should choose a firm marker by planting a teakwood stake, stringing yarn, placing a rock, or digging a furrow.[83]

“After seats have been arranged, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. Once the whole saṅgha is seated and assembled, a boarding or a resident monk should announce the firm markers in the four directions that demarcate the large boundary, announcing that in the east, south, west, and north the firm markers are a boulder, F.145.a wall, pillar, tree, fence, rock crevice, road, well, and so on. Then they should announce the firm markers in the four directions that demarcate the small boundary, announcing that in the east, south, west, and north the firm markers that have been planted are a teakwood stake, strung yarn, a placed rock, or a dug furrow.

“Once the saṅgha has taken their places at both boundaries, a monk officiant should plant a piece of wood, a stick, a staff, or a cloth before making a motion and performing the act:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The boarding and resident monks have announced the firm markers they have set in the four directions to demarcate the large boundary on this site. In the east, the firm markers are a boulder and a wall; in the south, the firm markers are a pillar and a tree; in the west, the firm markers are a fence and a rock crevice; and in the north, the firm markers are a road and a well. They have also announced the firm markers in the four directions that demarcate the small boundary on this site. In the east, the firm marker is a planted teakwood stake; in the south, strung yarn; F.145.b in the west, a placed rock; and in the north, a dug furrow. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, “I ask that the saṅgha give their consent and the saṅgha demarcate the small boundary by enclosing a site with a shared restoration rite within these markers and agree upon it as the small circle, so that monks may gather at the site and be at ease.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The boarding and resident monks have announced the firm markers they have set in the four directions to demarcate the large boundary on this site. In the east, the firm markers are a boulder and a wall; in the south, the firm markers are a pillar and a tree; in the west, the firm markers are a fence and a rock crevice; and in the north, the firm markers are a road and a well. They have also announced the firm markers in the four directions that demarcate the small boundary on this site. In the east, the firm marker is a planted teakwood stake; in the south, strung yarn; in the west, a placed rock; and in the north, a dug furrow. If a saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite demarcates a large boundary within the above markers, including the forest and including the residence but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein and their agreement upon a small boundary demarcating the inner circle, so that monks may gather at the site and be at ease remain silent, then I ask that F.146.a those venerable ones who can accept the demarcation of the large boundary within the above markers, including the forest and including the residence but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein, and their agreement upon a small boundary demarcating the inner circle, so that monks may gather at the site and be at ease, to remain silent. I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“In accepting and giving their consent, the saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite demarcates the large boundary within these markers, including the forest and including the residence but excluding any towns and town outskirts therein and agrees upon a small boundary demarcating the inner circle, so that the saṅgha may gather at the site and be at ease. By remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.

“The monks may then sit within the large boundary demarcated by the saṅgha and use it for the restoration rite, the lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, and acts by motion and triple resolution. If they perform [an official act] while being incomplete, they will be guilty of a breach.

“If so desired, this is also how it can be expanded or, if that is not desired, how it can be shrunk.”

In Possession Of

“Consent should be given that all monks are deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary. Consent should be given in the following way. After exiting the small boundary for the large boundary and having arranged seats along the large boundary, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. Once the whole saṅgha is seated and assembled, one monk should make a motion and perform the act as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. F.146.b A complete saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite demarcated the large boundary. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, I ask that the saṅgha give their consent. I ask that the saṅgha give consent that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. A complete saṅgha who have enclosed a site with a shared restoration rite demarcated the large boundary. Therefore, if the saṅgha gives consent that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease, I ask those venerable ones who can accept that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at the site and be at ease, to remain silent. I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“In accepting this and giving their consent, the saṅgha gives consent that all monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease. By remaining silent, they assent to the proposed act.

“Where the saṅgha has given consent that monks be deemed to be in possession of their robes while within the large boundary, so that the saṅgha may gather at that site and be at ease, monks may remain in their upper and lower robes. This need not be regretted.”

Undemarcated

The venerable Upāli asked the Blessed Buddha, “Honorable One, where are the boundaries of a site whose boundaries have not been fixed?”[84]

“Upāli, if a wall encircles it, then the wall is the boundary. If a wall does not encircle it, F.147.a it runs from the gutter up to where the cascade of rain falls.[85] The monks who live there should sit there and perform the restoration rite, the lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, and acts by motion and triple resolution. If they perform [an official act] while being incomplete, they will be guilty of a breach.”

Villages

The venerable Upāli asked the Blessed Buddha, “Honorable One, where is a site that falls within a village’s boundary?”[86]

“Upāli, up to the outskirts. The monks who live there should sit there and perform the restoration rite, the lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, and acts by motion and triple resolution. If they do not reach agreement, they will be guilty of a breach.”

The Forest

The venerable Upāli asked the Blessed Buddha, “Honorable One, where are the boundaries of a site in the forest where there are no villages?”

“Upāli, within earshot. All of the monks who stay within earshot should sit in one place there and perform the restoration rite, the lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, and acts by motion and triple resolution. If they perform [an official act] while being incomplete, they will be guilty of a breach.”

Acts

The venerable Upāli asked the Blessed Buddha, “Honorable One, what type of restoration rite acts are there?”

“Upāli, there are four types: those done improperly without the complete saṅgha; those done improperly by the complete saṅgha; those done properly without the complete saṅgha; and those done properly by the complete saṅgha.[87] One of those acts of the restoration rite is proper: that done properly by the complete saṅgha.”

The venerable Upāli asked the Blessed Buddha, “Honorable One, how many ways of reciting The Prātimokṣa Sūtra are there?”

“Upāli, there are five. The saṅgha can be said to have recited The Prātimokṣa Sūtra and performed the restoration rite if, after the motion is made, the narrative introduction is recited and the rest is communicated through the headings.[88] The saṅgha can be said to have recited The Prātimokṣa Sūtra and performed the restoration rite if, after the motion is made, the narrative introduction and the four things that constitute a defeat are recited while the rest is communicated through the headings.F.147.b The saṅgha can be said to have recited The Prātimokṣa Sūtra and performed the restoration rite if, after the motion is made, the narrative introduction, the four things that constitute a defeat, and the thirteen saṅgha remnants are recited while the rest is communicated through the headings. The saṅgha can be said to have recited The Prātimokṣa Sūtra and performed the restoration rite if, after the motion is made, the narrative introduction, the four things that constitute a defeat, the thirteen saṅgha remnants, and the two undetermined offenses are recited while the rest is communicated through the headings.

The full recitation of The Prātimokṣa Sūtra is the fifth.”[89]

Site

A summary:

#UT22084-001-002-section-3-1, #UT22084-001-002-section-3-2 and #UT22084-001-002-section-3-3,
#UT22084-001-002-section-3-4, #UT22084-001-002-section-3-5,
#UT22084-001-002-section-3-6,
And #UT22084-001-002-section-3-7.[90]
Site

A great many monks living at one site assumed the monk so-and-so or the monk so-and-so would lead the Prātimokṣa. But at their restoration rite on the following fifteenth, no monk stepped forth to lead the Prātimokṣa, so the Blessed One said, “The site caretaker, residence caretaker, work caretaker, supplies caretaker, and attendant caretaker, respectively,[91] should seek a monk to lead the Prātimokṣa.

If they find a monk to lead the Prātimokṣa, then all is well. If they do not, those monks should not stay for another restoration rite at that site.[92] They will be guilty of a breach if they stay on.”

The Early Part of the Rains

At one site, a great many monks were about to pledge to settle for the earlier part of the rains[93] and assumed the monk so-and-so or the monk so-and-so would lead the Prātimokṣa. But at their restoration rite on the following fifteenth, no monk stepped forth to lead the Prātimokṣa recitation, so the Blessed One said, “The site caretaker, residence caretaker, work caretaker, F.148.a supplies caretaker, and attendant caretaker, respectively, should seek a monk to lead the Prātimokṣa. If they find a monk to lead the Prātimokṣa, then all is well. If they do not, those monks should not pledge to settle for the earlier part of the rains at that site. They will be guilty of a breach if they make that pledge.”

At one site, a great many monks pledged to settle for the earlier part of the rains and assumed the monk so-and-so or the monk so-and-so would lead the Prātimokṣa. But at their restoration rite on the following fifteenth, no monk stepped forth to lead the Prātimokṣa, so the Blessed One said, “The site caretaker, residence caretaker, work caretaker, supplies caretaker, and attendant caretaker, respectively, should seek a monk to lead the Prātimokṣa. If they find a monk to lead the Prātimokṣa, then all is well. If they do not, those monks should not settle for the earlier part of the rains at that site. They will be guilty of a breach if they stay on.”

The Later Part of the Rains

At one site, a great many monks were about to pledge to settle for the later part of the rains[94] and assumed the monk so-and-so or the monk so-and-so would lead the Prātimokṣa. But at their restoration rite on the following fifteenth, no monk stepped forth to lead the Prātimokṣa recitation, so the Blessed One said, “The site caretaker, residence caretaker, work caretaker, supplies caretaker, and attendant caretaker, respectively, should seek a monk to lead the Prātimokṣa. If they find a monk to lead the Prātimokṣa, then all is well. If they do not, those monks should not pledge to settle for the later part of the rains at that site. F.148.b They will be guilty of a breach if they make that pledge.”

At one site, a great many monks pledged to settle for the later part of the rains and assumed the monk so-and-so or the monk so-and-so would lead the Prātimokṣa. But at their restoration rite on the following fifteenth, no monk stepped forth to recite the Prātimokṣa, so the Blessed One said, “Those monks should remain at that very site for two months while carefully considering the matter.[95] After two months have passed, the site caretaker, residence caretaker, work caretaker, supplies caretaker, and attendant caretaker, respectively, should seek a monk to lead the Prātimokṣa. If they find a monk to lead the Prātimokṣa, then all is well. If they do not, those monks should not stay for another restoration rite at that site. They will be guilty of a breach if they stay on.”

Visiting

The venerable Upāli asked the Blessed Buddha, “Honorable One, what should resident monks do if they hear of the impending arrival of a visiting monk who is an upholder of the sūtras, the vinaya, or the mātṛkā?”[96]

“Upāli, the monks should go out two and a half furlongs’ distance with parasols, standards, banners, and so on to greet the monk upholder of the sūtras, the vinaya, or the mātṛkā. If they can do so, all is well. If they cannot, they should go out five earshots with parasols, standards, banners, and so on to greet him. If they can do so, all is well. If they cannot, they should go out one half of a furlong, three earshots, one earshot, half of an earshot, or at least to the hall steps[97] with parasols, standards, banners, and so on to greet him.

“He should be welcomed with friendly words F.149.a and his begging bowl and robes taken. He should be bathed and supplies of oil offered to him and the saṅgha as well.[98] The site caretaker, residence caretaker, work caretaker, supplies caretaker, and attendant caretaker should see to him. He should be given an opportunity to listen to the Dharma.[99]


“If some should say, ‘Venerable one, if these monks have gone forth like us, why do they deserve such reverence while we do not?’ you should reply, ‘These venerable ones are teachers and silents of our dearly departed Teacher’s words. They are broadly learned in and masters of the sūtras, the vinaya, and the mātṛkā, whereas you are not, and therefore they are deserving of reverence.’ ”

Traveling the Countryside

“If monk wards and monk apprentices wish to travel the countryside on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, preceptors and instructors should by no means give them consent to do so. If such a circumstance should come to pass, say, ‘Venerable ones, here, at such and such a site, we have a saṅgha elder, someone to recite the Prātimokṣa, someone with the pure conduct and qualities of a monk. Those of virtuous character are staying so those who have not regretted this site need not regret it while those who have regretted it should banish those feelings.’ They will be guilty of a breach if they do something other than what was instructed.”

The Night Has Passed, Perform the Restoration Rite

Then, on that very fifteenth, the day for the restoration rite, the Blessed One sat down on a seat placed before the saṅgha of monks. Once seated, the Blessed One said to the monks, “Monks, the night has passed, perform the restoration rite.”

One monk then stood up from his seat, took his upper robe from one shoulder, knelt down on his right knee, F.149.b turned to the Blessed One and, after bowing with palms pressed together, asked the Blessed One, “Honorable One, what should we do if at a site there is a monk who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness?”

The Blessed One said, “His profession of purity should be received.”

Though the Blessed One told them to receive his profession of purity, the monks did not know how to do so. The Blessed One said, “One monk may receive professions of purity from one, two, or even a great many monks, so long as he is able to state the name of each monk while among the saṅgha.

“Monks, I will establish the rules of customary conduct by which a monk offers his profession of purity. The monk offering his profession of purity should take his upper robe from one shoulder, take off both sandals, and prostrate according to seniority before squatting with palms pressed together and saying, ‘Venerable ones, please listen. Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite for me, the monk named so-and-so, who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness. I therefore profess that I, the monk named so-and-so, who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness, am pure of hindering qualities.[100] I also profess the purity of my restoration rite and profess my purity. I communicate this profession.’

“This should be repeated verbatim a second and third time. If the monk offering his profession of purity physically communicates his profession of purity, his profession of purity should be deemed as having been offered. If the monk offering his profession of purity verbally communicates his profession of purity, his profession of purity should be deemed as having been offered. If he physically and verbally communicates his purity, F.150.a his profession of purity should be deemed as having been offered.

“If he does not physically or verbally communicate it, the entire saṅgha should either go to him or the monk should be brought among the saṅgha. They will be guilty of a breach if the entire saṅgha does not go to him or if the saṅgha is not complete on account of his consent[101] not being received among the saṅgha. They will be guilty of a breach if the monk offering his profession of purity follows the rules of customary conduct but his profession is not accepted after being properly received.

“Monks, I will establish the rules of customary conduct for monks who receive the profession of purity. After he has received the profession of purity, the monk who has received the profession of purity should not run, nor should he rush, jump, jump over partitions, jump over ditches, jump onto verandas, sit in the sky above,[102] go beyond the boundary, climb a ladder two rungs at a time, climb a staircase two steps at a time, spill over onto a causeway,[103] fall asleep, or sit in equipoise. To fall asleep or to sit in equipoise are censured for two reasons: because one suggests disrespect and the other absentmindedness.[104]

“Then, when the saṅgha elders say, ‘Venerable ones, profess the purity of those who have not come.[105] Let their profession be known,’ the monk who has received the profession of purity should sit before the monk seated in front and say, ‘Venerable, please listen. Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite, for the monk named so-and-so, who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness, at such and such a place. F.150.b The monk named so-and-so, who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness, at such and such a place, declares that he is pure of hindering qualities. He professes the purity of his restoration rite and professes his purity. Let his profession be known.’

“This should be repeated verbatim a second and third time.[106]

“Alternatively, the monk who has received the profession of purity should stand at the fore of the most senior row among the saṅgha and say, ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite, for the monk named so-and-so, who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness, at such and such a place. The monk named so-and-so, at such and such a place, declares that he is pure of hindering qualities. He professes the purity of his restoration rite and professes his purity. Let his profession be known.’

“They will be guilty of a breach if the monk receiving the profession of purity follows the rules of customary conduct but his profession is not accepted after being properly received.”


The venerable Upāli asked the Blessed Buddha, “Honorable One, if the monk who has received a profession of purity comes to an end and dies on that very place after receiving a profession of purity, has the profession of purity been received or not?”

“Upāli, it has not been received and should be received again.”

“If the monk who has received a profession of purity[107] makes an oath professing to be a householder, or makes an oath that he is a novice, a person who has undergone castration, a person labeled a paṇḍaka, someone who has violated a nun, a matricide, a patricide, someone who has killed an arhat, someone who has caused a schism in the saṅgha, someone who has maliciously drawn blood from a tathāgata, a tīrthika, a convert to a tīrthika order, F.151.a someone living under false pretenses, someone outside the common living, or someone denied the common living, has the profession of purity been received or not?”

“Upāli, it has not been received and should be received again.”[108]


“Honorable One, if the monk who has received a profession of purity comes to an end and dies while on his way after receiving a profession of purity, has the profession of purity been received or not?”

“Upāli, it has not been received and should be received again.”

“If the monk who has received a profession of purity makes an oath professing he is a householder, or makes an oath that he is a novice, a person who has undergone castration, a person labeled a paṇḍaka, someone who has violated a nun, a matricide, a patricide, someone who has killed an arhat, someone who has caused a schism in the saṅgha, someone who has maliciously drawn blood from a tathāgata, a tīrthika, a convert to a tīrthika order, someone living under false pretenses, someone outside the common living, or someone denied the common living, has the profession of purity been received or not?”

“Upāli, it has not been received and should be received again.”

“Honorable One, if the monk who has received a profession of purity receives a profession of purity and then comes to an end and dies while among the saṅgha, has the profession of purity been received or not?”

“Upāli, it has been received and should not be received again.”[109]

“[Honorable One,] if the monk who has received a profession of purity makes an oath professing he is a householder, or makes an oath that he is a novice, a person who has undergone castration, a person labeled a paṇḍaka, someone who has violated a nun, a matricide, a patricide, someone who has killed an arhat, someone who has caused a schism in the saṅgha, someone who has maliciously drawn blood from a tathāgata, a tīrthika, a convert to a tīrthika order, someone living under false pretenses, someone outside the common living, or someone denied the common living, F.151.b has the profession of purity been received or not?”

“Upāli, it has been received and should not be received again.”

Rouse the Intention for the Restoration Rite

The venerable Upāli asked the Blessed Buddha, “Honorable One, what should a monk who is alone at a site do on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite?”

“Upāli, that monk should sprinkle the monastery hall with water, sweep it, spread a fresh paste of dung, set up a lion throne, set out a seat, light a votive lamp, and give the opportunity for the Dharma to be heard.[110] Later, he should sit in the highest place around and look in the four directions. If pure, like-minded monks should come, he should say, ‘O venerable ones! Come quickly! It is the fifteenth and the saṅgha’s restoration rite.’

“They should then sit together and perform the restoration rite. If they do so, all is well. If they do not, that monk should sit on his seat and say, ‘Today, the fifteenth, is the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite for me, the monk named so-and-so. I therefore profess that I, the monk named so-and-so, am pure of hindering qualities. I ask that the gods accept my profession of purity. So that I, the monk named so-and-so, may perfect the body of pure conduct, today I sanction the restoration rite.’[111]

“He should rouse the following intention and recite the words, ‘When I find a saṅgha assembly, I will participate in the full restoration rite together with the saṅgha and listen to the reciter recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra.’ Repeat these words verbatim a second and third time.

“Where two monks are staying together, they should recite the words just given to one another. Likewise, where three monks are staying together, they should say them one by one in turn to one another. Where four monks are staying together, they should make a motion and then perform the restoration rite. In such a place, a sick monastic’s profession of purity should not be received. Where five or more monks are staying together, they should make a motion and then perform the restoration rite. In such a place, a sick monastic’s profession of purity may also be received. F.152.aB13

The King

A summary:

#UT22084-001-002-section-4-1,
#UT22084-001-002-section-4-2,
#UT22084-001-002-section-4-3,
And #UT22084-001-002-section-4-4.
The King Apprehends a Monk

“If a king, bandit, murderer, brigand, or enemy apprehends a monk on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, the monks should, on behalf of that monk, either go in person or send a messenger to say, ‘As this monk is our fellow brahmacārin, we ask that you release him.’ If he is released, then all is well. If he is not released, a second messenger should be sent to say, ‘As we have some business with this monk, we ask that you please release him.’ If he is released, then all is well. If he is not released, the monks should proceed to an inner circle and perform the restoration rite there.[112] Then, the following day, they should endeavor to secure the monk’s freedom. If they so endeavor, then all is well. They will be guilty of a breach if they do not.”

There Is Business So Do Not Rise

Later, on the fifteenth, the Blessed One sat down on a seat placed before the saṅgha of monks and performed the restoration rite by reciting the saṅgha’s Prātimokṣa. The Blessed One then said to the monks, “There is some saṅgha business to attend to so please do not rise for a time.”

One monk then stood up from his seat, took his upper robe from one shoulder, turned to the Blessed One and, after bowing with palms pressed together, asked the Blessed One, “Honorable One, what should we do if the profession of purity made by a monk who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness at a site is received?”

The Blessed One replied, “That monk should receive the consent of the monk who, because he is pure, has offered his profession of purity.’ ”[113]F.152.b


Though the Blessed One told them to receive consent, the monks did not know how to do so, so the Blessed One said, “It may be received from one to one, one to two, or to a great many, so long as every monk in the saṅgha can be named. Monks, I will establish the rules of customary conduct by which a monk offers his consent. The monk offering his consent should take his upper robe from one shoulder, take off both sandals, and prostrate to the assembled in order of seniority before squatting with palms pressed together and saying, ‘Venerable ones, please listen. Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite for me, a monk named so-and-so, who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness. I therefore profess that I, a monk named so-and-so, who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness, am pure of hindering qualities. I offer my consent for the saṅgha to properly perform its duties.[114] My restoration rite is pure, I give my consent and profess my purity. Let my profession be known.’

“Repeat that verbatim a second and third time. If the monk offering his consent physically communicates his consent, his consent should be announced. If the monk offering his consent verbally communicates his consent, his consent should be announced. If the monk offering his consent both physically and verbally communicates his consent, his consent should be announced.

“If he neither physically nor verbally communicates his consent, the entire saṅgha should go to him or the monk should be brought among the saṅgha. They will be guilty of a breach if the entire saṅgha does not go to him, F.153.a or if the saṅgha is not complete on account of his not being accepted among the saṅgha. They will be guilty of a breach if the monk offering his consent follows the rules of customary conduct but his consent is not accepted after being properly received.


“Monks, I will establish the rules of customary conduct for monks who receive consent. After he has received consent, the monk who has received consent should not run, nor should he rush, jump, jump over partitions, jump over ditches, jump onto verandas, sit in the sky above, go beyond the boundary, climb a ladder two rungs at a time, climb a staircase two steps at a time, spill over onto a causeway, fall asleep, or sit in equipoise. To fall asleep or to sit in equipoise are censured for two reasons: because one suggests disrespect and the other absentmindedness.

“Then, when the saṅgha elder says, ‘Announce the consent and professions of purity of those venerable ones who have not come. Let this profession be known,’ the monk who has received the consent sits before the monk seated in front and says, ‘Venerable, please listen. Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite, for the monk named so-and-so, who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness, at such and such a place, who is pure of hindering qualities. He has offered his consent for the saṅgha to properly perform its duties. His restoration rite is also pure, I announce his consent and profession of purity. F.153.b Let this announcement be known.’

“Repeat this verbatim a second and third time.

“Alternatively, the monk who has received consent should stand at the end of the line of seniority in the middle of the saṅgha and say, ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite, for the monk named so-and-so, who is sick, suffering, and tormented by illness, at such and such a place, who is pure of hindering qualities. He has offered his consent for the saṅgha to properly perform its duties. His restoration rite is also pure, I announce his consent and profession of purity. Let this announcement be known.’

“They will be guilty of a breach if the monk who has received the consent follows the rules of customary conduct but his announcement is not accepted after being properly received.”


The venerable Upāli asked the Blessed Buddha, “Honorable One, if the monk receiving consent and a profession of purity comes to an end and dies immediately after having received consent and a profession of purity, has the profession of purity been received or not?”

“Upāli, it has not been received and should be received again.”

“Honorable One, if the monk receiving consent and a profession of purity[115] makes an oath consenting to and professing to being a householder, or makes an oath that he is a novice, a person who has undergone castration, a person labeled a paṇḍaka, someone who has violated a nun, a matricide, a patricide, someone who has killed an arhat, someone who has caused a schism in the saṅgha, someone who has maliciously drawn blood from a tathāgata, a tīrthika, a convert to a tīrthika order, someone living under false pretenses, someone outside the common living, or someone denied the common living, has the profession of purity been received or not?” F.154.a

“Upāli, it has not been received and should be received again.”

“Honorable One, if the monk receiving consent and a profession of purity comes to an end and dies afterwards while on his way, should the consent and profession of purity be declared received or not?”

“Upāli, they have not been received and should be received again.

“If the monk receiving consent and a profession of purity makes an oath consenting to and professing to being a householder, or makes an oath that he is a novice, a person who has undergone castration, a person labeled a paṇḍaka, someone who has violated a nun, a matricide, a patricide, someone who has killed an arhat, someone who has caused a schism in the saṅgha, someone who has maliciously drawn blood from a tathāgata, a tīrthika, a convert to a tīrthika order, someone living under false pretenses, someone outside the common living, or someone denied the common living, has the profession of purity been received or not?”

“Upāli, they have not been received and should be received again.”

“If the monk receiving consent and a profession of purity comes to an end and dies while among the saṅgha after he has received consent and a profession of purity, has the profession of purity been received or not?”

“Upāli, they have been received and should not be received again.”

“If the monk receiving consent and a profession of purity makes an oath consenting to and professing to being a householder, or makes an oath that he is a novice, a person who has undergone castration, a person labeled a paṇḍaka, someone who has violated a nun, a matricide, a patricide, someone who has killed an arhat, someone who has caused a schism in the saṅgha, someone who has maliciously drawn blood from a tathāgata, a tīrthika, a convert to a tīrthika order, a person living under false pretenses, F.154.b someone who is outside the common living, or someone who is denied the common living, has the profession of purity been received or not?”

“Upāli, they have been received and should not be received again.”


The venerable Upāli asked the Blessed Buddha, “Honorable One, what should a monk who is alone at a site do on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite?”

“Upāli, that monk should sprinkle the floor of the monastery with water, sweep it, spread a fresh paste of dung over it, set up a lion throne, set out a seat, light a votive lamp, and give an opportunity for the Dharma to be heard. After that, he should sit in the highest place around and look into the four directions. If pure, like-minded monks should come, he should say, ‘O venerable ones! Come quickly! It is the fifteenth and the saṅgha’s restoration rite.’

“They should then sit together and perform the restoration rite. If they do so, all is well. If they do not, that monk should sit on his seat and say, ‘Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite for me, the monk named so-and-so. I therefore profess that I, the monk named so-and-so, am pure of hindering qualities. I ask that the gods accept my profession of purity. So that I, the monk named so-and-so, may perfect the body of pure conduct, today I sanction the restoration rite.’

“He should rouse the following intention and recite the words, ‘When I find a saṅgha assembly, I will participate in the full restoration rite together with the saṅgha and listen to the reciter recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra.’ That should be repeated verbatim a second and third time.

“Where two monks are staying together, they should recite the words just given to one another. Likewise, where three monks are staying together, F.155.a they should say them one by one in turn to one another. Where four monks are staying together, they should make a motion and then perform the restoration rite. In such a place, a sick monastic’s consent and profession of purity should not be received. Where five or more monks are staying together, they should make a motion and then perform the restoration rite. In such a place, a sick monastic’s consent and profession of purity can also be received.

Giving Exemptions to the Deranged

The Blessed Buddha was staying at Prince Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s park, near Śrāvastī when the venerable Saikata, deranged, his mind disturbed, wandered around naked, sometimes coming to the saṅgha’s restoration rite site and sometimes not. Sometimes he participated with the saṅgha in the restoration rite, and sometimes he did not. Sometimes he attended the saṅgha’s special events and acts, and sometimes he did not. Sometimes he participated with the saṅgha in the saṅgha’s special events and acts, and sometimes he did not. Thus, when the monks found themselves unable to carry out certain acts on account of the saṅgha being incomplete, they appealed to the Blessed One and the Blessed One replied, “Monks, an exemption for reasons of derangement should be given to the monk Saikata and others like him. It should be given in the following way. After seats have been arranged, strike the gaṇḍī beam and inform the monks of the matter at hand. Once the whole saṅgha is seated and assembled, one monk should make a motion and perform the act as follows:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The monk Saikata,[116] deranged, his mind disturbed, wanders around naked, sometimes coming to the saṅgha’s restoration rite site and sometimes not. F.155.b Sometimes he participates with the saṅgha in the restoration rite and sometimes he does not. Sometimes he attends the saṅgha’s special events and acts and sometimes he does not. Sometimes he participates with the saṅgha in the saṅgha’s special events and acts and sometimes he does not. Thus, we monks find ourselves unable to carry out certain acts due to our, on account of the saṅgha being incomplete. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, I ask that the saṅgha grant an exemption. I ask that the saṅgha grant the monk Saikata an exemption for reasons of derangement. If he comes, do not attempt to stop him. If he goes, do not attempt to stop him. Whether the monk Saikata comes or goes, the saṅgha should not be deemed in discord when they perform the saṅgha’s restoration rite, lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, or acts by motion and triple resolution.’

“That is the motion. The act is performed in the following way:

“ ‘Venerable saṅgha, please listen. The monk Saikata, deranged, his mind disturbed, wanders around naked, sometimes coming to the saṅgha’s restoration rite site and sometimes not. Sometimes he participates with the saṅgha in the restoration rite, and sometimes he does not. Sometimes he attends the saṅgha’s special events and acts, and sometimes he does not. Sometimes he participates with the saṅgha in the saṅgha’s special events and acts, and sometimes he does not. Thus, we monks find ourselves unable to carry out certain acts on account of the saṅgha being incomplete. I ask that the saṅgha grant the monk Saikata an exemption for reasons of derangement. If he comes, do not attempt to stop him. If he goes, F.156.a do not attempt to stop him. If he walks away, do not attempt to stop him. I ask those venerable ones who can accept our deeming the saṅgha should not be deemed in discord whether the monk Saikata comes or goes when they perform the saṅgha’s restoration rite, lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, and acts by motion and triple resolution to remain silent. I ask those who cannot so accept it to speak now.’

“By expressing their acceptance and giving their consent, the saṅgha grants the monk Saikata an exemption by reason of derangement. By remaining silent, they assent to that.”

The Ten Recollections

“If, on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk recalls an offense, that monk should properly make amends for the offense before another monk as follows: he should take his upper robe from one shoulder, take off both sandals, and prostrate to the assembled in order of seniority before squatting with palms pressed together. While squatting before the monk with palms pressed together and head bowed, he should say, ‘Venerable, please listen. I, the monk named so-and-so, have incurred this offense. I, the monk named so-and-so, confess and disclose each and every one of those offenses before you, venerable; I do not conceal them. If I confess and disclose them, I will be at ease. If I do not confess and disclose them, I will not be at ease.’

“That should be repeated verbatim a second and third time.

“He is then asked, ‘Do you recognize the offense?’

“The monk should reply, ‘I do.’

“He is then asked, ‘From now on, will you refrain from it?’

“He replies, ‘I will.’

“That should be repeated verbatim a second and third time.

“The confessor[117] should then say, ‘That is the means.’

“The confessant[118] should then reply, ‘Excellent.’

“After that, the restoration rite should be performed. Monks, that is how the restoration rite should be performed; I do not declare this to be a hindrance to the restoration rite.[119]F.156.b


“If, on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk is already suspected of or uncertain[120] about an offense, he should ask an upholder of the sūtras, the vinaya, or the mātṛkā about it. Once the suspicions and uncertainties regarding the offense have been resolved, he should properly make amends for the offense before another monk.

After that, the restoration rite should be performed. Monks, that is how the restoration rite should be performed; I do not declare this a hindrance to the restoration rite.


“If, on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk recalls an offense while among the saṅgha, he should sanction[121] that offense before another monk by saying, ‘Venerable, please listen. Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite for me, the monk so-and-so. I, the monk so-and-so, have recalled this and that offense while among the saṅgha. I, the monk so-and-so, sanction this offense in your presence so that I may perform the restoration rite today. I resolve that tomorrow morning I will properly make amends for[122] that offense.’ After that, the restoration rite should be performed. Monks, that is how the restoration rite should be performed; I do not declare this a hindrance to the restoration rite.


“If, on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk is suspected of or becomes uncertain about an offense while among the saṅgha, he should go before another monk and sanction that offense by saying, ‘Venerable, please listen. Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite for me, the monk so-and-so. While among the saṅgha, I, the monk so-and-so, have become uncertain about this and that offense. I, the monk so-and-so, sanction this offense in your presence so that I may perform the restoration rite today. Tomorrow morning I will ask an upholder of the sūtras, the vinaya, or the mātṛkā about it and once my doubts and uncertainties regarding the offense have been clarified, F.157.a I will properly make amends for the offense.’ After that, the restoration rite should be performed. Monks, that is how the restoration rite should be performed; I do not declare this a hindrance to the restoration rite.


“If, on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, the monk reciter of The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recalls an offense while among the saṅgha, that monk should mentally sanction the offense by thinking, ‘Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite for me, the monk so-and-so reciter of The Prātimokṣa Sūtra. I, the monk so-and-so reciter of The Prātimokṣa Sūtra, have recalled this and that offense while among the saṅgha, so I, the monk so-and-so reciter of The Prātimokṣa Sūtra, mentally sanction that offense so that I may perform the restoration rite today. I resolve that tomorrow morning I will properly make amends for that offense.’ After that, the restoration rite should be performed. Monks, that is how the restoration rite should be performed; I do not declare this a hindrance to the restoration rite.


“If, on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, the monk reciter of The Prātimokṣa Sūtra becomes suspected of or uncertain about an offense while among the saṅgha, that monk should mentally sanction that offense by thinking, ‘Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. It is also the fifteenth, the restoration rite for me, the monk so-and-so charged with reciting The Prātimokṣa Sūtra. I, the monk so-and-so charged with reciting The Prātimokṣa Sūtra, am suspected of and have become uncertain about this and that offense while among the saṅgha, so I, the monk so-and-so charged with reciting The Prātimokṣa Sūtra, mentally sanction that offense so that I may perform the restoration rite today. Tomorrow morning I will ask an upholder of the sūtras, the vinaya, or the mātṛkā about it and once the suspicions and uncertainties regarding the offense have been clarified, I will properly make amends for the offense in accord with the Vinaya.’[123]F.157.b After that, the restoration rite should be performed. Monks, that is how the restoration rite should be performed; I do not declare this a hindrance to the restoration rite.


“If, on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, the entire saṅgha has incurred offenses, some among the monks in whose presence they may later properly make amends should willingly go to another site in order to make amends for the offense in front of a monk.

If they can do so, all is well. If they cannot, those monks should perform an act of motion alone as follows:[124]

“ ‘Venerable ones, please listen. Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. We, the entire saṅgha, have incurred offenses, and so we should properly make amends for our offenses. Yet there are no monks among us who will willingly go to another site to properly make amends for the offenses in the presence of a monk. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, we ask that the saṅgha give their consent. The saṅgha sanctions that offense so that we may perform the restoration rite today. Later, we will properly make amends for those offenses in the presence of a monk.’

“That is the motion. After that, the restoration rite should be performed. Monks, that is how the restoration rite should be performed; I do not declare this a hindrance to the restoration rite.


“If, on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, the entire saṅgha is suspected of or becomes uncertain about an offense, some among the monks, having gone to another site where there is a monk in whose presence they may properly make amends for, should willing ask an upholder of the sūtras, the vinaya, or the mātṛkā about them and, once their suspicions and uncertainties about the offense have been clarified, they should properly make amends. If they can do so, all is well. If they cannot, those monks should perform an act of motion alone as follows:

“ ‘Venerable ones, please listen. F.158.a Today is the fifteenth, the saṅgha’s restoration rite. We, the entire saṅgha, are suspected of or have become uncertain, yet no monks among us, we who must confess, will willingly go to another site, where they might properly make amends for the offenses after clarifying our doubts and uncertainties regarding the offenses through asking an upholder of the sūtras, the vinaya, or the mātṛkā about them. Therefore, if the time is right and the saṅgha can accept it, we ask that the saṅgha give their consent. The saṅgha sanctions those offenses today so that we may perform the restoration rite. Later, we will ask an upholder of the sūtras, the vinaya, or the mātṛkā about them and once our doubts and uncertainties regarding them have been clarified, we will properly make amends for the offenses.’

“That is the motion. After that, the restoration rite should be performed. Monks, that is how the restoration rite should be performed; I do not declare this a hindrance to the restoration rite.

“If, on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, the entire saṅgha except one resident monk have incurred offenses, they should say, in the presence of that monk—an acquaintance, a friend, an intimate, or a companion[125]—‘Venerable, what comes of doing this or that?’

“ ‘An offense is incurred.’

“ ‘Well then, venerable, I too have done this or that.’

“ ‘Well then, venerable, you have incurred an offense.’

“ ‘Venerable, that is the case for the entire saṅgha, apart from you alone.’

“ ‘Then listen. You, venerable, should first make amends for your own offense. Then the entire saṅgha should ask you, “What comes of doing this or that?” ’[126]

“If he will confess, the confessor should make the confessant confess in a place where the other monks might see and so confess too.[127] If that is done, all is well. F.158.b If it is not done, the confessor should not prompt the confessant against his will.[128] He should not remind him against his will.[129] He will be guilty of a breach if he prompts or reminds him against his will.


“If, on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, the entire saṅgha except one visiting monk have incurred offenses, they should say, in the presence of that monk—an acquaintance, a friend, an intimate, or a companion—‘Venerable, what comes of doing this or that?’

“ ‘An offense is incurred.’

“ ‘Well then, venerable, I too have done this or that.’

“ ‘Well then, venerable, you have incurred an offense.’

“ ‘Venerable, that is the case for the entire saṅgha, apart from you alone.’

“ ‘Then listen. You, venerable, should first make amends for your own offense. Then the entire saṅgha should ask you, “What comes of doing this or that?” ’

“If he will confess, the confessor should make the confessant confess in a place where the other monks might see and so confess too. If that is done, all is well. If it is not done, the confessor should not prompt the confessant against his will. He should not remind him against his will. He will be guilty of a breach if he prompts or reminds him against his will.”

Several Repetitions

A summary:

Several repetitions:[130] incomplete,
#UT22084-001-002-section-5-2, #UT22084-001-002-section-5-3, and
#UT22084-001-002-section-5-4.
Lack of a Quorum

“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’[131]

“If those monks, with fabricated aims[132] and fabricated preparations,[133]F.159.a make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.

The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.[134]


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, F.159.b they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks F.160.a are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of resident monks arrive arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’ F.160.b

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them they stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’[135]

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. F.161.a The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, F.161.b ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims F.162.a and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and F.162.b recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’[136]

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, F.163.a is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, F.163.b make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting and F.164.a resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, F.164.b or the earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’[137]

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, F.165.a is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, F.165.b perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, F.166.a or the earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, F.166.b they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’[138]

If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’ F.167.a

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, F.167.b or the earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of resident monks arrive, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of resident monks arrive, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, F.168.a the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of resident monks arrive, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of resident monks arrive, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, F.168.b let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of resident monks arrive, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’[139]

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks[140] arrive, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, F.169.a perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks[141] arrive, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks[142] arrive, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrive, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When F.169.b four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, F.170.a is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’ F.170.b

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’[143]

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, F.171.a and later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, F.171.b the earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting F.172.a and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, F.172.b they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’[144]

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and F.173.a recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting monks arrive, then they F.173.b too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts. F.174.a


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks F.174.b are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’[145]

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’ F.175.a

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa SūtraF.175.b recitation, and later an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, F.176.a perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks F.176.b will be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. The earlier group of monks will be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.”


An intervening summary:

#UT22084-001-002-749, #UT22084-001-002-755, and #UT22084-001-002-758.[146]B15
Numbers

“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete,[147] they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[148]

“If later a smaller number of resident monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, F.177.a thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart,[149] the first group[150] should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible[151] and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals[152] should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha F.177.b has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.

“If later an equal number of resident monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks F.178.a are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, F.178.b they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[153]

“If later a smaller number of visiting monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, F.179.a where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.

“If later an equal number of visiting monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation F.179.b and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, F.180.a in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[154]

“If later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation F.180.b until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.

“If later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives, the second group, once they F.181.a have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks F.181.b will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[155]

“If later a smaller number of visiting monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting monks arrives before the assembly F.182.a rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks F.182.b will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.

“If later an equal number of visiting monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and F.183.a the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[156]

“If later a smaller number of resident monks arrive, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach. F.183.b


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ F.184.a but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.

“If later an equal number of resident monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks F.184.b will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ F.185.a but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[157]

“If later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrive, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible F.185.b and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.

“If later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, F.186.a ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa SūtraF.186.b recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[158]

“If later a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach. F.187.a


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks F.187.b are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.

“If later an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have F.188.a departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[159]

“If later a smaller number of resident monks arrive, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, F.188.b in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When F.189.a four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.

“If, after that, an equal number of resident monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite. F.189.b

“If, after that, an equal number of resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, F.190.a the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[160]

“If later a smaller number of visiting monks arrive, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, F.190.b they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a smaller number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, F.191.a perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.

“If later an equal number of visiting monks arrives, the second group, once they have sat down in order of seniority, should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation together with the first, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, F.191.b and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, an equal number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.”


An intervening summary:

#UT22084-001-002-1149, #UT22084-001-002-1026, #UT22084-001-002-1039, and #UT22084-001-002-1071. B16
Going

“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[161]

“If later a greater number of resident monks arrives, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they F.192.a might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, F.192.b a greater number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[162]

“If later a greater number of visiting monks arrives, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, F.193.a perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[163]

“If later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When F.193.b four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and F.194.a the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[164]

“If later a greater number of visiting monks arrives, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ F.194.b but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[165]

“If later a greater number of resident monks arrives, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks F.195.a will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation F.195.b until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[166]

“If later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they F.196.a might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[167]

“If later a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives, the F.196.b first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, F.197.a they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting and resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[168]

“If later a greater number of resident monks arrives, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of resident monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group F.197.b should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of resident monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks F.198.a who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation.[169]

“If later a greater number of visiting monks arrives, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting monks arrives before the assembly rises and the monks depart, the first group should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and some monks have departed but while other monks are still there, they should gather the assembly if possible and again, for the sake of the second, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation. If they cannot gather the assembly, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa SūtraF.198.b recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting and resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might not think, ‘There are monks who have not yet arrived,’ but instead, thinking of their duty and thinking the saṅgha was complete, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation until the saṅgha has finished performing The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and the restoration rite.

“If, after that, a greater number of visiting monks arrives after the assembly has risen and the monks have departed, the later arrivals should go to the inner circle, where they should perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.”


An intervening summary:

#UT22084-001-002-1237, have #UT22084-001-002-1268,
#UT22084-001-002-1271, and #UT22084-001-002-1274.
The Restoration Rite of Professed Purity

“If it is the fifteenth according to the resident monks but the fourteenth or first[170] according to a smaller number of visiting monks, the visitors should defer to the greater number of residents.[171]

“If it is the fifteenth according to the resident monks but the fourteenth or first according to an equal number of visiting monks, the visitors should defer to the equal number of residents.[172]

“If it is the fifteenth according to a smaller group of resident monks but the fourteenth or first according to a greater number of visiting monks, the residents should defer to the greater number of visitors.

“If it is the fifteenth according to the visiting monks but the fourteenth or first according to a smaller number of resident monks, F.199.a the residents should defer to the greater number of visitors.

“If it is the fifteenth according to the visiting monks but the fourteenth or first according to an equal number of resident monks, the visitors should defer to the equal number of residents.

“If it is the fifteenth according to the visiting monks but the fourteenth or first according to a greater number of resident monks, the visitors should defer to the greater number of residents.”


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence,[173] signs,[174] or marks[175] of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff,[176] cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[177]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, F.199.b they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord,[178]F.200.a they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, F.200.b water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, F.201.a they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[179]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, F.201.b perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, F.202.a hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When F.202.b four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[180]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should F.203.a again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, F.203.b oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts. F.204.a


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as another’s begging bowl, robe, staff, cushion, water jug, oil lamp, hat, laced boots, or sandals, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’ F.204.b

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[181]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of visiting monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, F.205.a is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, F.205.b the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and later a smaller number of visiting monks arrives, F.206.a the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach. B17


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[182]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, F.206.b perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of visiting monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, F.207.a the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, F.207.b the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and an equal number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, F.208.a the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[183]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should F.208.b make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and F.209.a fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of visiting monks arrive, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and a greater number of visiting monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more resident monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of visiting monks such as the sound of monk visitors’ staffs, the patter of their feet, the clearing of their throats, or the tone of their voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, F.209.b it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence,[184] signs,[185] or marks[186] of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[187]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of resident monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, F.210.a and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, F.210.b in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, F.211.a it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, F.211.b or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[188]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of resident monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later an equal number of resident monks arrives F.212.a, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, F.212.b ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as F.213.a the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[189]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of resident monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks F.213.b are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’ F.214.a

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple F.214.b floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might see evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the temple floor swept and sprinkled with water, its walls coated with a fresh coat of cow dung, seats arranged, and oil lamps burning, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks F.215.a are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[190]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a smaller number of resident monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’ F.215.b

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks F.216.a such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and a smaller number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, F.216.b and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them they stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[191]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later F.217.a an equal number of resident monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, F.217.b and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks F.218.a are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and an equal number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, F.218.b in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach. B18


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, let those monks who have not yet arrived be absent, let them stay where they are, let them be separate, let them be far away.’[192]

“If those monks, with divisive aims and divisive preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and later a greater number of resident monks arrives, the earlier group of monks should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a grievous fault because of their divisive attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, is it valid or not for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived?’ F.219.a

“If those monks, with unsure aims and unsure preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their unsure attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

If, heedless of duty and thinking of discord, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their attempts at discord.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might F.219.b hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

If those monks, with fabricated aims and fabricated preparations, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, and a greater number of resident monks arrive later, they too should make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach because of their fabricated attempts.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If having sincerely sought but not found any late arrivals, they make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation and later a greater number of resident monks arrives, the earlier group of monks F.220.a should again make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.


“When four or more visiting monks are seated and assembled on the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, they might hear evidence, signs, or marks of resident monks such as the sound of residents’ staffs, the patter of feet, the clearing of throats, the rattle of locks and keys, and the tone of voices, and they might think, ‘If there are monks who have not yet arrived, it is not valid for us to make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation without those monks who have not yet arrived.’

“If, having sincerely sought late arrivals, they find some, the earlier group should sit together with the later, make a motion, perform the restoration rite, and recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra recitation, in which case the earlier group of monks will not be guilty of a breach.”


An intervening summary:

#UT22084-001-002-1372, #UT22084-001-002-1375, #UT22084-001-002-1378,
#UT22084-001-002-1382, #UT22084-001-002-1385, and #UT22084-001-002-1388.

“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should leave a site with monks[193] and go to a site with monks where pure, like-minded monks have settled.

“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should not leave a site with monks and go to a site with monks where the monks who have settled there argue, scold, fight, quarrel, or sow division, unless there are dangers[194] at the site where he is staying or the entire saṅgha is going there.


“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should leave a site with monks and go to a site with monks F.220.b or a nonsite where pure, like-minded monks have settled.

“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should not leave a site with monks and go to a site or a nonsite with monks where the monks who have settled there argue, scold, fight, quarrel, or sow division, unless there are dangers at the site where he is staying or the entire saṅgha is going there.


“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should leave a site or a nonsite with monks and go to a site or a nonsite with monks where pure, like-minded monks have settled.

“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should not leave a site or a nonsite with monks and go to a site or a nonsite with monks where the monks who have settled there argue, scold, fight, quarrel, or sow division, unless there are dangers at the site where he is staying or the entire saṅgha is going there.


“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should leave a site with monks, a nonsite with monks, or a site/nonsite with monks and go to a site without monks where his body and mind will be at ease.

“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should not leave a site with monks, a nonsite with monks, or a site/nonsite with monks and go to a site without monks, unless there are dangers at the site where he is staying or the entire saṅgha is going there.


“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should leave a site with monks, a nonsite with monks, F.221.a or a site/nonsite with monks and go to a site without monks where his body and mind will be at ease.

“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should not leave a site with monks, a nonsite with monks, a site/nonsite with monks, or a site without monks and go to a different site without monks unless there are dangers at the site where he is staying or the entire saṅgha is going there.


“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should leave a site with monks, a nonsite with monks, a site/nonsite with monks, a site without monks, or a nonsite without monks and go to a site/nonsite without monks where his body and mind will be at ease.[195]

“On the fifteenth, the day of the restoration rite, a monk should not leave a site with monks, a nonsite with monks, a site/nonsite with monks, or a site/nonsite with or without monks and go to a site/nonsite without monks, unless there are dangers at the site where he is staying or the entire saṅgha is going there.


“What is a ‘site with monks’? A site where all acts are witnessed.[196] What is a ‘nonsite with monks’? A site where no acts are witnessed. What is a ‘site/nonsite with monks’? A site where some acts are witnessed while other acts are not. What is a ‘site without monks’? A nuns’ site. What is a ‘nonsite without monks’? A tīrthikas’ site. What is a ‘site/nonsite without monks’? F.221.b An uninhabited site.

“Monks should not perform the restoration rite, the lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, or acts by motion and triple resolution in a place where householders are gathered or staying.

“Monks should not perform the restoration rite, the lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, or acts by motion and triple resolution in a place where those unfit for the training—those who have not professed as ascetics,[197] those who have undergone castration, persons labeled a paṇḍaka, those who have violated a nun, patricides, matricides, those who have killed an arhat, those who have caused a schism in the saṅgha, those who have maliciously drawn blood from a tathāgata, tīrthikas, members of a tīrthika order, persons living under false pretenses, persons who are outside the common living, and persons who are denied the common living—are gathered or staying.

“Monks will not be guilty of a breach if the restoration rite, the lifting of restrictions, motions, acts by motion and resolution, or acts by motion and triple resolution are performed in a place where all who have gathered and are staying are pure and like-minded.

“They will be guilty of a breach if acts are performed without the complete saṅgha.”

This concludes “The Chapter on the Restoration Rite.”[198]

Notes

  1. The Sanskrit reads “monk” in place of “king.”

    back
  2. The Sanskrit for this index translates as: “Tīrthikas offer poṣadha. / Why does he not observe poṣadha? / They don’t sit if there is division on a site. / May you describe a poṣadha.” In her study of the Poṣadhavastu, Hu-von Hinüber analyzes the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya’s system of uddāna and the ways in which it differs from those of other Vinaya schools. See Hu-von Hinüber 1994, pp. 155–67 and Hu-von Hinüber 2016, p. 101, n. 177. This discrepancy appears to reflect a general pattern for the present text, in which the Sanskrit uddāna read as prose summaries while the Tibetan translations of these indices are lists that do not form complete sentences. Though its relevance to the present textual discrepancy is uncertain, the Tibetan tradition preserves at least two ways of organizing the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya: a canonical tradition of the Kangyur and a commentarial tradition that follows Guṇaprabha’s Vinaya­sūtravṛtti, in which the canonical tradition’s material is rearranged and presented according to topic. See Hu-von Hinüber 1997a and 1997b and Emms 2012.

    back
  3. The Sanskrit reads “every day” (divādivam).

    back
  4. Yoga, that is, samādhi, e.g., the close placement of mindfulness on the body, etc., according to Kalyāṇamitra (F.308.b). Later in the text (F.312.a.6), Kalyāṇamitra describes this seated practice (’dug pa) as the “śamatha restoration rite” (gzhi gnas kyi gso sbyong).

    back
  5. The Sanskrit gives romāṇi, suggesting body hair instead of facial hair.

    back
  6. The Sanskrit reads “tears, sweat, saliva, mucus, oils.”

    back
  7. Here, “rounds” (Tib. spyod yul; Skt. gocara) refers to “sustenance,” i.e. almsfood.

    back
  8. The translation “infantrymen” (Tib. rkang thang pa, lit. “foot soldiers”) follows Kalyāṇamitra’s gloss: dpung bu chung zhes bya ba ni rkang thang ngo (F.182.a).

    back
  9. Kalyāṇamitra glosses ’du ba with mngon par ’du ba’i gnas (F.309.a). This taunt does not appear in the Sanskrit.

    back
  10. Our translation of Tib. khyams; Skt. prāsāda as “terrace” follows Kalyāṇamitra: khyams zhes bya ba ni gtsug lag khang gi sgo’i bar gyi bang rim mo (F.316.a).

    back
  11. Both the Tib. gnas khang and Skt. layana are grammatically singular here and so we have translated this as “residence hall.” In the description of the meditation residence below, it is translated as “dwelling” since multiple “dwellings” are prescribed.

    back
  12. “Panthers” (Tib. gung) does not appear in the Sanskrit.

    back
  13. This taunt does not appear in the Sanskrit.

    back
  14. In the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s illustrated Vinaya manual (called The Moonlight that Destroys Ignorance of Faults and Offenses: The Traditional Drawings that Illustrate the Shape and Size of the Prohibitions, Prescriptions, Consents, and Boundary Required by the Prātimokṣa Training Precepts, as Given in the Four Vinaya Āgama and Tshonawa’s Ṭīkā, an Annotated Commentary on the Vinayasūtra), these dwellings are drawn rather flat and without perspective but it is clear that they depict rows of dwellings or “monastic cells” in (from left to right) small clusters of 1–3 dwellings, medium clusters of 4–9 dwellings, and large clusters of 10–12 dwellings. In each case a passage or walkway runs between the dwellings and, in the case of the large cluster of dwellings, they are split into a grid pattern. See F.3.a (BDRC W1EE45):

    back
  15. ‘Storeroom.’ The Tib. sbyang byed pa suggests the Skt. koṣṭhāgāra, a room without doors or windows used for storage. But the Sanskrit here reads yathāgrāhya “free to be taken.” The translation follows the Tibetan, which is contextually more appropriate.

    back
  16. This instruction does not appear in the Sanskrit.

    back
  17. The Sanskrit omits “leopards.”

    back
  18. That is, shaped like an isosceles trapezoid with the shorter base on the exterior side of the hut wall.

    back
  19. Śīlapālita writes, “Shutters is the name given to the wooden board(s) that close the above (i.e. latticed) window” (Toh 4115, F.21.b): sgo glegs ni sgo glegs kyi ming can gyi shing leb ste/ gang gi glo skar gyi sgo gcod par byed pa’o.

    back
  20. The “bar” along with related items in the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s illustrated Vinaya manual on F.5.a (BDRC W1EE45). From left to right from the middle of the picture: (1) “key lever,” Tib. dbyug gu skam ka; (2) “catch,” Tib. sgo gtan; (3) “doorsill,” Tib. sgo glegs; (4) “ring,” Tib. yang mig; (5) “lever,” Tib. ’khar gtan (’khor gtan); (6) “handle,” Tib. lag gzung; (7) “bar,” Tib. phred gtan; and (8) “cross bolt,” Tib. gnam gzer (also “wooden peg,” Tib. shing gzer).

    back
  21. The above two instructions do not appear in the Sanskrit. Śīlapālita explains what a “lever” is and refers to the “cross bolt” here as the “wooden peg”: “The lever is a way to prevent the door panels from opening. A small wooden peg, one cubit long, is affixed in the center between two door panels. Because this piece of wood turns like a wheel in order to hold the doors in place, it is called a lever.” (Toh 4115, F.21.b): ’khor gtan ni sgo glegs phyir mi phyed pa’i thabs su gyur pa ste/ sgo’i sgo glegs kyi dbus kyi phyogs su khru gang gi tshad kyi shing gzer bus sbyar ba de ’dzin pa’i shing de ’khor lo bzhin yongs su bskor nas gzung bar bya ba de la ’jog par byed pa’i phyir ’khor gtan zhes bya’o.

    back
  22. Śīlapālita writes, “The key lever; a piece of wood shaped like a goat’s leg, which (is used to) make the bolt pass in and out” (Toh 4115, F.21.b): ra’i rkang pa’i rnam pa can gyi shing bu ni dbyug gi skam kha ste/ gang gi phyir des glo skar gyi ’phred gtan ’dzud pa dang ’byin par byed pa’o.

    back
  23. This instruction is missing from the Sanskrit.

    back
  24. This material (Tib. sha na, Skt. śāṇa) is identified variously as hemp, jute, and flax.

    back
  25. The identification of these weaving grasses follows the Sanskrit: bhagavān āha | paṃca vāṇāḥ | muṃjaśāṇavālvajo paṭaḥ sūkṣṃo vetraḥ. Tib. bcom ldan ’das kyis bka’ stsal pa/ shing bal dag ni lnga ste/ arga’i shing bal dang/ ka shika’i shing bal dang/ er ka’i shing bal dang/ spra ba’i shing bal dang/ shal ma li’i shing bal dag yin no/ /gzhan yang lnga ste/ bal dang/ sha na’i shing bal dang/ ras bal dang/ ras ma dang.

    back
  26. Skt. bhagavān āha | paṃca tūlikāni | arkakāśikairakābakaśālmalītūlikāni | aparāṇy api paṃca tūlāni | ūrṇā śanaḥ karpāso nantakāni pāṃsutūlāni. Tib. bcom ldan ’das kyis bka’ stsal pa/ thags ma ni lnga ste/ mun dza’i dang/ sha na’i dang/ gres ma’i dang/ ras ma’i dang/ spa phra mo’i ’o.

    back
  27. The Degé version differs slightly from Kalyāṇamitra’s citation of the root text, which reads mdo mdor srubs bya rog gis gzungs gdab par bya’o (Kalyāṇamitra, F.310.a.5–6).

    back
  28. The instruction “a jar should be tied” does not appear in the Sanskrit. The underlying Sanskrit for “jar” is, apparently, ghaṭikā (Tib. gdos bu). The Skt. ghaṭikā, however, has two meanings, the more common being “water-jar, bucket,” (Apte 1957, vol. 2 p. 683). Specialized water jars were used to mark the passage of time (i.e. a “water clock,” as in Tib. chu tshod). The less common meaning of ghaṭikā is “small stick,” (Edgerton, p. 219, col. 2). This is the meaning that Kalyāṇamitra gives in glossing Tib. gdos bu; Skt. ghaṭikā as “ ‘stick,’ [an item] made from wood or some other substance used to wake individuals from slumber: gdos bu zhes bya ba ni gnyid sel bar byed pa shing la sogs pa las byas pa’i gdos bu’o (F.310.a.6). The commentator Śīlapālita recognizes both meanings in his glosses on the Buddha’s allowing a “jug and ball” (Tib. bum pa dang pho long) to be used in meditation in a narrative in The Chapter on Minor Matters of Monastic Discipline (Toh 6). These are depicted in the same illustration above. Where Toh 6 reads “jug and ball,” the commentator Śīlapālita cites the root text as reading “small jug and ball” (Tib. ril chung and pho long). He describes two types of ghāṭikā: (1) a “small jug” or “water jar” and (2) a “small stick.” We have added the numbers for clarity: “(1) Having filled it with water, tied it to the neck with string, and hung it from the ear, [the small sphere] will shake violently when [the meditator] falls asleep, causing the spillage to splash upon their face, waking them up. (2) Having chipped off a chit-shaped piece of wood a full span [between the extended thumb and little finger] in size, it is either hung from the ear with string or placed on the head when practicing yoga so that when [the meditator] wobbles, it pokes on their limbs.” See Śīlapālita (F.62.a): ril chung zhes bya ba ni ril ba chung ngu chus yongs su bkang ba ske ba la skud pas btags pa rna ba la dpyangs pa na/ gang gi tshe gnyid log par gyur pa rab tu g.yo bar gyur pa de’i tshe yongs su bo ba gdong la babs pa des gnyid sad par ’gyur ro/ /byang bu’i rnam pa can du shing bzhogs pa mtho gang gi tshad du byas pa de yang rnal ’byor gyi dus su skud pas rna ba la dpyangs pa’am/ mgo bo la bzhag na rab tu g.yo ba’i tshe des kyang yan lag gi tshogs la phog pa las gnyid sangs pa’i thabs yin no. In the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s Vinaya illustrations, a “jar” is shown hanging above the monk’s left shoulder while ball-like objects hang over his right shoulder and from his ears. Meanwhile, the balls hanging from his ears apparently represent the “jug and ball” (Tib. bum pa dang pho long) described by Śīlapālita. But the corresponding legend on F.3.b (BDRC W1EE45) reads, “An example of a jar, a means to wake up [the meditator] if they fall asleep: [The Chapter on the Restoration Rite] says, ‘A jar should be tied.’ ”

    back
  29. The Sanskrit says simply that the stick fell.

    back
  30. Tib. dbyug gu and dbyu gu; Skt. yaṣṭi. This instruction is depicted in the first illustration and legend from the right of F.3.b (BDRC W1EE45) of the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s illustrations, mentioned in #UT22084-001-002-295. The legend reads, “A method for waking if [the meditator] lapses into sleep: ‘[The meditator] should be gently prodded with a rod.’ ”

    back
  31. I.e., with a flat end. See the first illustration and legend from the right of F.3.b (BDRC W1EE45) of the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s illustrations above. The extant Sanskrit is partial, reading: + + chedyā kartavyā; i.e., “A [rod] shaped like a + + should be used.” The Tib. bre of bre’i bcad ’phro lta bur bya’o suggests the Skt. droṇa, which means both “bucket” and “a weight of measure.” Kalyāṇamitra (F.310.a) gives “ ‘shaped like a bucket,’ flat like the bottom of a weighing pan, or bucket” (bre’i bcad ’phro lta bu zhes bya ba ni bre zhes bya ba gzhal snod kyi rnam pa de’i zhabs ltar mnyam pa’o).

    back
  32. This instruction is depicted in the first illustration and legend from the left on F.4.a (BDRC W1EE45) of the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s illustrations. The legend reads, “A method for waking if [the meditator] lapses into sleep: ‘A ball should be tossed [at the meditator].’ ” Śīlapālita writes, “ ‘Ball,’ a bunch of yarn or string made into a rounded shape that moves back and forth, thus waking up [the meditator].” (Toh 4115, F.62.a): pho long ni skud pa’i tshogs zlum por byas pa des gnyid bsal ba’i phan tshun ’phen par byed pa’o.

    back
  33. This instruction is depicted in the second illustration and legend from the left on F.3.b (BDRC W1EE45) of the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s illustrations. The legend reads, “An illustration of a lamp, another method of waking [the meditator] if they fall asleep: ‘A lamp should be placed in front [of the meditator].’ ”

    back
  34. This instruction is depicted in the second illustration and legend from the left on F.4.a (BDRC W1EE45) of the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s illustrations. The legend reads, “If even that does not work, an illustration of extending a single leg: ‘The leg should be released.’ ”

    back
  35. This instruction is depicted in the third illustration and legend from the left on F.4.a (BDRC W1EE45) of the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s illustrations. The legend reads, “An illustration of extending two legs if even that does not work: ‘The pair of legs [should be released].’ ”

    back
  36. A rope strung along a walkway, which meditators hold as they walk (Kalyāṇamitra, F.310.b). This instruction is depicted in the first illustration and legend from the left on F.3.b (BDRC W1EE45) of the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s illustrations. The second instruction describes a lead or leash affixed to the rope, as depicted here. The above two instructions do not appear in the Sanskrit.

    back
  37. The mat is depicted on the “recitation walkway” depicted in the first illustration and legend from the left on F.3.b (BDRC W1EE45); see previous note and illustration.

    back
  38. “Meditators” here is a rendering of the Sanskrit and Tibetan terms (see glossary entry) that are used in this context for monks dedicated to the practice of “renunciation” or “abandonment” (Tib. spong ba, Skt. prahāṇa), described in the present chapter as a meditation on the impurity of the human body. Bass (2013, pp. 241–64) argues that this term carries a derogatory connotation in the Mūlasarvāstivāvada Vinaya—specifically, that monks dedicated to the prahāṇa practice often displayed a disregard for personal hygiene, though it should be said that meditators are not depicted in such a derogatory manner in the present chapter. For more on this term, see Schopen 2006 and Altenburg 2022.

    back
  39. In the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s Vinaya illustrations, a “meditation monastery” (Tib. bsam gtan pa’i gtsug lag khang) is depicted in the first image on the right of F.3.a (BDRC W1EE45). The last inscription paraphrases The Chapter on The Restoration Rite here, where it says that when the monks no longer fit, a “large hall” (Tib. khang mo che) may be built on top of the meditation hall. The third story is a “rooftop pavilion” (Tib. yang thog). This illustration also depicts, the “ring of dwellings around the meditation hall” (Tib. phyi rol du spong khang chen po; Skt. bahirlayana­paṅkti), mentioned below in the text.

    back
  40. Tib. sgo snol mar gdod par bya’o. Dharmamitra glosses Guṇaprabha’s digest of this, making clear that doorways should be offset to allow for privacy, a policy adopted with other monastic buildings as well, such as privies: sgo’i thad kar sgo gdod par mi bya’o zhes bya ba ni/ gnas khang thams cad la sgo gcig gi byang thad du sgo gzhan gdod par mi bya ba’o/ /’di ni de dag nyen kor du ’gyur ba’i sgo dag ’dod cing phan tshun snang nas/ bcom ldan ’das bka’ stsal pa/ sgo dag gzur te gdod par bya’o zhes gsungs pa bsdus pa yin no (vol. yu, F.97.b). This is clearly depicted on F.3.a (BDRC W1EE45) of the Thirteenth Dalai Lama’s Vinaya illustrations:

    back
  41. That is, build a gatehouse for the meditation residence; see Dharmamitra: sgo khang bya’o zhes bya ni/ spong khang la sgo khang bya’o (vol. yu, F.97.b).

    back
  42. Following Dharmamitra: phug kyang ngo zhes bya ba ni/ de’i nyen kor gyi ched du sa phug la sogs pa yang bya ba’o (vol. yu, F.97.b).

    back
  43. Here “regret” (Tib. ’gyod pa; Skt. kaukṛtya) refers to repentance, which acts to purify an offense that has been committed. Thus, in saying, “This need not be regretted,” the Buddha is saying that hanging a blanket or cloth near the door and sleeping there does not constitute an offense. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.269.b): ’gyod pa zhes bya ba ni yid la gcags pa ste/ nyes byas la sogs pa’i ltung ba lhag par sbyang pa’i phyir yid la gcags pa skyes pa gang yin pa’o.

    back
  44. The Sanskrit says “and did not return.”

    back
  45. The saṅgha appoints the monk meditation manager through a twofold act of motion and resolution (Kalyāṇamitra, F.311.a.7): spang ba’i zhal ta byed pa bsgo bar bya ste zhes bya ba ni dge slong spong ba rnams kyi phyir zhal ta byed pa ni spong ba’i zhal ta byed pa zhes bya ba ste/ dge ’dun gyi gsol ba dang gnyis kyi las kyis bsko bar bya’o.

    back
  46. In the Sanskrit, the fifth disqualifying factor is “not knowing whether the meditator is awake or not.” Kalyāṇamitra’s commentary can be read in two ways when he says that not knowing “which of the meditators’ needs ought and ought not be attended to” means being forgetful, since forgetfulness is contrary to mindfulness (Kalyāṇamitra, F.311.b.1).

    back
  47. In the Sanskrit, the fifth factor is to “know whether the meditator is awake or not.”

    back
  48. Lit. “tolerate, bear, or accept” (Tib. bzod; Skt. kṣamate), which Kalyāṇamitra (F.236.b) glosses as “accept, assent, agree” (Tib. ’dod).

    back
  49. “Lay out the seats” does not appear in the Sanskrit.

    back
  50. “Clods of dirt” does not appear in the Sanskrit.

    back
  51. These last four items would be used in place of modern conveniences like toilet paper and for hygienic purposes, as earth and sawdust are sometimes used in outhouses.

    back
  52. See The Gaṇḍī Sūtra (Toh 298), where the Buddha describes the gaṇḍī beam’s use and characteristics.

    back
  53. For formal acts, the Sanskrit says to strike in one sustained roll punctuated with two, not three, sharp raps. Kalyāṇamitra affirms the reading of the Tibetan translation but then notes that some maintain the gaṇḍī beam should be struck in three sustained rolls punctuated by two sharp raps for formal acts (Kalyāṇamitra, F.311.b.4–5).

    back
  54. Tib. byi bo. Kalyāṇamitra explains that a gaṇḍī beam for the dead is struck to summon people to gather and carry the bier. For such an occasion, the gaṇḍī beam is struck in the muṇḍikā, i.e., two sustained rolls with no rap to punctuate the end of either roll, though some sources say it is struck in one sustained roll followed by one punctuating rap (Kalyāṇamitra, F.311.b.5–6). For more details on how the gaṇḍī beam is made, consecrated, and used, see The Gaṇḍī Sūtra (Toh 298) and The Sūtra on Timings for the Gaṇḍī (Toh 299).

    back
  55. See The Sūtra on the Ringing Staff (Toh 335), where the Buddha allows the carrying of the ringing staff and describes its characteristics, and The Rite for the Protocols Associated with Carrying the Ringing Staff (Toh 336), where the Buddha prescribes the rite of taking up a ringing staff and explains its use. Kalyāṇamitra reports that some sources say the “gaṇḍī beam for meditation” is simply a smaller version of the standard gaṇḍī beam (Kalyāṇamitra, F.311.b.6).

    back
  56. The practice of paying homage to the Three Jewels, reciting a sūtra, and dedicating merit. According to Kalyāṇamitra, the Three Implements (tridaṇḍaka) are the implement of the Three Jewels, the implement of discourse, and the implement of dedicating merit. These three are referred to as implements because reciting the sublime Dharma is as fundamental or essential to Buddhists as the three implements (a ladle and two funnels) used in fire pūjas are to wandering renunciant (F.312.a.3–4): rgyun chags gsum pa gdon par bya’o zhes bya ba ni ’gyes kar dkon mchog gsum gyi rgyud dang/ mdo sde’i rgyud dang/ bsngo ba’i rgyud chags gsum gdon par bya’o/ /de yang dper na kun du rgyu dag gi ril pa’i gzhi shing bu gsum la brten pa dang ’dra bar dam pa’i chos gdon pa’i gzhi ni rgyun chags gsum po ’di yin pas de’i phyir rgyun chags gsum zhes bya ba’o. See Schopen 2010, pp. 232–33, n. 62, for a discussion of this practice and other applications of the phrase tridaṇḍaka.

    back
  57. Kalyāṇamitra says that “explain patronage” ( yon bshad pa) means to explain the benefits of generosity after reciting the Three Implements (F.312.a.5): yon bshad par bya’o zhes bya ba ni rgyun chags gsum pa bton pa’i ’og tu sbyin pa’i phan yon bshad par bya’o.

    back
  58. Namely, if the monk meditation manager encounters any of four obstacles or threats to his training, such as “hindering qualities to his spiritual training, life, or the holy life, and so forth.” Kalyāṇamitra (F.312.a.5–6): gal te rkyen de lta bu byung na zhes bya ba ni dge sbyong gi tshul dang srog dang tshangs par spyod pa’i bar chad du ’gyur ba la sogs pa zhig byung na’o.

    back
  59. Kalyāṇamitra notes that here ends the section on the seated practice, which he calls the “restoration through meditation.” This is followed by an aside on the second upavasatha observance prescribed by the Buddha, the “protocol,” in which the formal acts of saṅgha are introduced and the Buddha explains how to agree on a restoration rite site. The chapter then continues to the third observance, listening to the recitation of The Prātimokṣa Sūtra, which Kalyāṇamitra calls the “restoration by an assembly.” Kalyāṇamitra (F.312.a.6–7): de ni ’dug pa’o zhes bya ba ni zhi gnas kyi gso sbyong ngo/ da ni gso sbyong gi gzhi las mthun pa’i gso sbyong gi skabs brjod par bya ste/ de la dang por mthun pa’i gso sbyong gi gnas la blo mthun par bya ba’i zhar la las bstan pa’i phyir bya ba gang zhe na zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so.

    back
  60. A motion refers to an act of simple motion in which the proposed act need only be announced. An act by motion and resolution, or twofold act and motion, requires a single statement of the act and a motion. An act by motion and triple resolution, or fourfold act and motion, requires three announcements of the act and one motion (Kalyāṇamitra, F.312.a.6–b.1). For a more detailed explanation of these formal acts of the saṅgha, see The Chapter on Formal Acts of the Saṅgha (Toh 1, ch. 10).

    back
  61. The Sanskrit states simply that the site should be fixed in every regard. Kalyāṇamitra explains a natural site (grub pa) as one whose features formed naturally during the world’s formation, a created site (byas pa) as akin to an abode created by a resident animal, while claimed (zin pa) means one that is suitable for use (Kalyāṇamitra, F.313.a.1–2).

    back
  62. When the act is being announced, the monk need only say which one of the three relevant criteria (natural, created, or claimed) the site meets (Kalyāṇamitra, F.313.a.4–5).

    back
  63. During the rains retreat, restrictions are placed on discussing transgressions. However, those restrictions are lifted at the end of the rains retreat and those monks who committed to participate in it are given the opportunity to discuss transgressions they have seen, heard, or suspect were committed (Kalyāṇamitra, F.313.a.5).

    back
  64. The saṅgha is incomplete if the consent of absent monks is not sought (Kalyāṇamitra, F.313.b.5–6).

    back
  65. The Sanskrit for this summary translates as: “The boundary is created on account of Kapphiṇa; there [the rule for] robes is agreed upon./ At a site in which no boundary has been demarcated, there occurs expansion and shrinkage,/ Acts, and the five [ways to recite] the Prātimokṣa.”

    back
  66. The Sanskrit phrase rājagṛhe nidānam, missing in Tibetan, indicates that this portion of the text relates the narrative introduction (Tib. gleng gzhi, Skt. nidāna) of the boundary (Tib. mtshams, Skt. sīmā), which the Buddha first prescribed while resident at the Senikā Cave vihara near Rājagṛha.

    back
  67. That is, pledge to gather as one saṅgha and perform the restoration rite at the same place (Kalyāṇamitra, F.313.a).

    back
  68. “I now allow”: Tib. de ta bas na….rjes su gnang ngo; Skt. tasmād anujānāmi.

    back
  69. “A boarding monk (Tib. dge slong gnas pa, Skt. āvāsikabhikṣu) is a short-term occupant unfamiliar with the inner and outer workings of the community. A resident (Tib. gnyug mar gnas pa, Skt. naivāsika) is a long-term occupant familiar with the inner and outer workings of the community.” Kalyāṇamitra (F.313.b.4–5): gnas pa zhes bya ba ni dus thung ngur gnas pa phyi nang gi rgyus mi shes pa’o/ /gnyug mar gnas pa zhes bya ba ni dus yun ring du gnas pa phyi nang gi rgyus shes pa’o. For an in-depth discussion of how these terms are used differently in the different vinaya traditions, see chapter 8 of Silk 2008. See also Kieffer-Pülz, Die Sīmā, 365–366.

    back
  70. The Sanskrit mentions only the following markers: “wall, tree, rock, fence, or mountainside.” The differences concerning the markers are discussed in Kieffer-Pülz, Die Sīmā, 381–382; for a comparison with the markers of other Buddhist Vinaya schools, see Jin-il Chung and Petra Kieffer-Pülz,”The karmavācanās for the determination of sīmā and ticīvarena avippavāsa", in Dharmadūta, Paris 1997, 49–51.

    back
  71. In practice, the wording would have to be adapted to the specific markers used.

    back
  72. Kalyāṇamitra (F.314.a) defines the “forests” (Tib. dgon pa; Skt. araṇyam) as “beyond a distance of two and a half furlongs.”

    back
  73. In this translation, we distinguish between “residence” (Tib. gnas mal; Skt. śayanāsana) and “dwelling” (Tib. gnas khang; Skt. layana). Note too that the term translated here as “residence” (Tib. gnas mal; Skt. śayanāsana) includes the residence’s furnishings, i.e. its “bedding and seating” (also Tib. gnas mal; Skt. śayanāsana). A mention in The Chapter on Going Forth (Toh 1, ch. 1) in the Degé reads gnas mal la thug or “adjoining the residence” (Skt. śayanāsana). Kalyāṇamitra (F.314.a) cites gnas la thug, glossing gnas with “monastery” (gnas la thug pa zhes bya ba na gtsug lag khang la thug pa’o).

    back
  74. The clause “so that the saṅgha may gather at the site and be at ease” (Tib. gnas bsdu ba dang/ dge slong rnams bde ba la reg par gnas par bgyi ba’i slad) does not appear in the Sanskrit. See also Kieffer-Pülz, Die Sīmā, 391.

    back
  75. “Daily practice”: Tib. nyin mo spyod pa; Skt. divāvihāra. This Tibetan term also renders the Skt. dinācaryā, which carries the same meaning in Buddhist usage. Kalyāṇamitra explains that this “daily practice” refers to engaging in virtuous endeavors (F.222.b): nyin mo spyod pa zhes bya ba ni nyin par dge ba’i phyogs byed pa’o. Dharmamitra mentions the “place for daily practice” as the place where monks should gather to listen to Dharma teachings in the night leading up to the restoration rite; Dharmamitra (vol. yu, F.145.a): tshes bcu bzhi’i nyin mo spyod yul du de skad sbran nas tshes bcu bzhi’i nub mo thams cad tshogs pa na dge slong mdo sde dang ’dul ba dang ma mo ’dzin pa gsol ba btab pa dag gis mtshan thog thag tu kha ton gdon pas chos mnyan pa sbyin par bya’o. Note that Edgerton defines the Skt. divāvihāra as “daily rest” (p. 264, col. 2), as in a siesta. In the Mūlasarvāstivādin sources, however, wards and apprentices are allowed time in the morning and afternoon to cultivate their own practice of recitation and meditation. Wards and apprentices are also depicted spending this time in walking meditation and paying homage to reliquaries.

    back
  76. Once a boundary is established and accepted by a saṅgha, the monastics do not need to have their mantle (Tib. snam sbyar; Skt. saṃghāṭī) on their person while within the site boundary. Hence, even if a monk or nun were to leave their mantle in their cell, they would not incur an offense of being separated from their robes so long as they are within the boundary.

    back
  77. Thus, monastics do not need to be in possession of the mantle (Tib. snam sbyar; Skt. saṃghāṭī) while within the monastery boundaries (Kalyāṇamitra, F.314.a.4–5).

    back
  78. Kalyāṇamitra says the “group of four” refers to the confession of the “light” grievous faults that are incomplete defeats, while the “group of five” refers to the confession of the “heavy” grievous faults that are incomplete saṅgha remnants. Monks who have committed such acts must serve a penance and/or probation and then be given a recission before they can participate in formal acts of the saṅgha. And since proper formal acts of saṅgha require a quorum of all monks on site, no formal acts can be carried out while the offending monks are on site. Kalyāṇamitra notes another opinion: some say the “group of four acts” refers to the restoration rite act, which requires four monks, the “group of five” refers to the act of lifting of restrictions, which requires five monks, and the “group of ten” refers to the act of granting ordination in a central land, which requires ten monks. Kalyāṇamitra (F.314.a.5–6): bzhi yi tshogs kyis las bya ba/ /zhes bya ba ni pham par ’gyur ba’i nyes pa sbom po yang bshags pa’o/ /lnga yi tshogs kyis las bya ba/ /zhes bya ba ni dge ’dun lhag mar ’gyur ba’i nyes pa sbom po lci ba bshags pa’o/ /kha cig na re bzhi’i tshogs kyis las bya ba ni gso sbyong gi las so/ /lnga’i tshogs kyis las bya ba ni dgag dbye’i las so zhes zer ro/ /bcu yi tshogs kyis las bya ba/ /zhes bya ba ni yul dbus su rdzogs par bsnyen pa’i las so.

    back
  79. Commenting on a passage in The Chapter on Going Forth, Kalyāṇamitra glossed the phrase “even their dedication to virtue had lapsed,” (Skt. kuśalapakṣaparihāṇir bhavati) to mean the monks had lost their dedication to meditation (Tib. bsam gtan; Skt. dhyāna) and recitation (Tib. bklag pa; Skt. svādhyāya). See Kalyāṇamitra (F.285.b): dge ba’i phyogs kyang yongs su nyams par ’gyur bas zhes bya ba ni bsam gtan dang bklag pa dag yongs su nyams par ’gyur bas so.

    back
  80. The order of the present chapter in the Degé and the Gilgit Manuscripts is slightly different. GM folios 49 and 50 are placed in the Tibetan between GM folio 58 (ending in Tibetan on F.146.b.7) and GM folio 59 (starting in Tibetan on F.147.a.4).

    back
  81. That is, they will not incur an offense for being separated from their mantle (Tib. snam sbyar; Skt. saṃghāṭī).

    back
  82. The monk stands in one of the sīmās and puts the stick down in the other one, creating a connection between both. Only in this way is it possible to perform a single karma for the revoking of both sīmās and later for the determination of the two. See Kieffer-Pülz, Die Sīmā, 420–424.

    back
  83. The Sanskrit gives the following markers: “wall, tree, rock, fence, mountainside, a furrow, a rock, or a wooden wedge.”

    back
  84. This section of six paragraphs, from F.146.b.7–F.147.a.6, corresponds to GM folios 49 and 50. Note that the phrase “not demarcated” (ma bcad pa) in the index reads “not fixed” (ma bkum pa) in the body of the text here.

    back
  85. This sentence does not appear in the Sanskrit; instead, it says simply that the boundaries extend to the surrounding walls.

    back
  86. This question and answer do not appear in the Sanskrit.

    back
  87. Compare “properly” (Tib. chos kyis; Skt. dharmeṇa) and “proper” (Tib. chos dang ldan pa; Skt, dhārmika). Here, “improperly” (Tib. chos ma yin pas; Skt. adharmeṇa) refers to reciting something other than The Prātimokṣa Sūtra (e.g. some minor scripture), failing to recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra’s narrative introduction, failing to “announce the heading,” reciting The Prātimokṣa Sūtra at a time other than during the restoration rite, or for persons who are not authorized (i.e., those who haven’t been ordained) to recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra. “Incomplete saṅgha” means for monks within the act’s boundary to recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra without physically attending the restoration rite or submitting their proxy, or for them to recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra without first making a motion. Kalyāṇamitra (F.315.b): btsun pa gso sbyong gi las su mchis zhes bya ba ni chos dang chos ma yin pa dang mthun pa dang mi mthun pa’i mtshan nyid ston to/ /chos ma yin pas zhes bya ba ni gdon par bya ba dang/ de’i tshad dang dus dang/ ’don par byed pa rnams de kho na bzhin nye bar gzung ba ste/ de la gdon par bya ba de kho na bzhin nye bar ma bzung ba ni so sor thar pa’i mdo las gzhan phran tshegs la sogs pa ’don pa’o/ /de’i tshad de kho na bzhin nye bar ma bzung ba ni gleng gzhi mi ’don zhing lhag ma rnams kyang thos pa bsgrags pas sgrub par mi byed pa’o/ /de’i dus de kho na bzhin nye bar ma bzung ba ni gso sbyong gi dus las gzhan pa’i dus su byad pa’o/ /’don par byed pa de kho na bzhin nye bar ma bzung ba ni gang zag gang dag gi dbang du gso sbyong byed pa rdzogs par bsnyen pa dang bcas pa lta ba dang tshul khrims dag gis ris mthun pa de dag las gzhan pas byed pa’o/ /yang na gang gdon par bya ba dang/ ji snyed gdon par bya ba dang/ gang gi tshe gdon par bya ba dang/ gang dag gis gdon par bya ba de dag yongs su spangs te/ gdon par bya ba dang tshad dang dus dang gdon par byed pa gzhan nyid nye bar ’dzin par byed pa de ni ’dir mi ’chags par byed pa yin pas chos ma yin par shes par bya’o/ /de las bzlog pa ni chos kyis byed pa yin no.

    back
  88. The expression “communicated through the headings” (Tib. thos pa bsgrags pa; Skt. śruteṇa śrāvayanti)—more literally “announced/expressed by the hearing”—refers to simply reciting the names of the five categories of offense or āpatti (Tib. ltung ba sde lnga) without reciting the specific offenses that comprise those categories. Dharmamitra (vol. yu, F.109.b) explains that once the reciter has begun to recite the specific offenses that comprise that type of offense, that section must be recited in full in order to qualify as a proper and complete recitation of The Prātimokṣa Sūtra (brtsams pa’i sde tshan ni rdzogs par bya dgos so zhes bya ba ni/་pham par ’gyur ba dang dge ’dun lhag ma dang ma nges pa’i sde tshan ni yang na ni thos pa bsgrags pas bsgrub po).

    back
  89. For more, see chapter 1 of Prebish 2002.

    back
  90. Hu-von Hinüber notes the last phrase cittotpādena (Tib. sems bskyed pa) does not appear in the Sanskrit and suggests emending it to adhiṣṭhāna, or “resolution.” Hu-von Hinüber’s suggestion captures the purpose of this section, where monks who cannot perform the restoration rite because they lack the necessary quorum of four monks state that they are “making a resolution” (Tib. byin gyis brlab pa; Skt. adhiṣṭhāna) that they will perform the restoration rite when circumstances allow. Note, however, that sems bskyed pa, the Tibetan correlate to cittotpāda, does appear in the relevant place on #UT22084-001-002-634, the corresponding Sanskrit folios for which (61, 62, and 63) have been lost.

    back
  91. “Caretaker” (Tib. bstabs pa; Skt. parihāra): (1) “site caretaker” (Tib. gnas bstabs pa; Skt. vastuparihāra); (2) “residence caretaker” (Tib. gnas mal bstabs pa; Skt. śayanāsana­parihāra); (3) “work caretaker” (Tib. las bstabs pa; Skt. karmaparihāra); (4) “supplies caretaker” (Tib. rnyed pa bstabs pa; Skt. lābhaparihāra); and (5) “attendant caretaker” (Tib. bsnyen bkur ba bstabs pa; Skt. upasthāyaka­parihāra). Silk does not record the Sanskrit parihāra or this list of five positions in his excellent study of Buddhist monastic administration. He does, however, note the form Tib. gnas mal stobs pa’i dge slong; Skt. śayanāsanagrāhako bhikṣuḥ; and Ch. fenyoju bichu分臥具苾芻 from Yijing (Taishō 1445), which is attested in the Tib. and Skt. parallels of The Chapter on the Rains (Toh 1, ch. 4) (Silk 2008, p. 201 and p. 201, n. 15). Schopen translates Tib. gnas mal stobs pa’i dge slong; Skt. śayanāsanagrāhako bhikṣuḥ from Toh 1, ch. 4 as the “monk holder of bedding and seating” (Schopen 2002, p. 364). Silk notices the Skt. and Tib. Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya’s mention of the position again in the Kauśāmbaka­vastu (The Chapter on the Monks of Kauśāmbī, Toh 1, ch. 9), and the Śayanāsana­vastu (The Chapter on Residences, Toh 1, ch. 15), where the Skt. śayanāsanagrāhako bhikṣuḥ is translated into Tibetan as gnas mal ’gyed pa’ dge slong, lit. “monk residence distributor.” Silk observes that the Pāli Samantapāsādikā distinguishes between the senāsana-gāhāpaka who distributes “bedding and seating” for the rains retreat and the senāsana-paññapaka, a temporary post filled by resident monks (Silk 2008, p. 108, n. 24). In his comments on Toh 1, ch. 4, Kalyāṇamitra explains that the “monk residence caretaker” must not lose the “bedding and seating” (Tib. mal cha and stan; Skt. śayana and āsana), hence this position may also be translated “monk bedding and seating caretaker” as Schopen and Silk do. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.316.a): gnas mal bstabs pa zhes bya ba ni mal cha dang stan la sogs pa las mi dbral ba’o. Note though that this monk is also in charge of distributing keys to individual “dwellings” (Tib. gnas khang; Skt. layana, but see also vihāra; Ch. ) and, furthermore, the Tib. gnas mal; Skt. śayana is used to mean “residence” elsewhere in the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, e.g. “remote residence” (Tib. bas mtha’ gnas mal; Skt. prāntaśayana).

    back
  92. That is, they should move to another site before the next restoration rite.

    back
  93. That is, for three months, starting on the 16th day of Āṣāḍha, the middle of summer’s three months. Kalyāṇamitra F.316.a: dbyar snga ma zhes bya ba ni dbyar zla ’bring po’i tshes bcu drug go.

    back
  94. That is, for three months, starting on the 15th day of Śrāvaṇa, the last of summer’s three months. Kalyāṇamitra (F.316.a): dbyar phyi ma zhes bya ba ni dbyar zla tha chungs tshes bcu drug go.

    back
  95. That is, consider where they will go for the lifting of restrictions that marks the end of the rains if they cannot find someone to recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra. Kalyāṇamitra (F.316.a.4–5): so sor brtags te zhes bya ba ni bcom ldan ’das kyis dbyar nye bar bsgrub pa ni gnyis bka’ stsal gyi/ gsum pa ni med pas dgag dbye snga ma shos nyid btsal bar bya’o snyam du so sor brtags te’o.

    back
  96. In this case, mātṛkā (Tib. ma mo) refers to the Basket of Abhidharma. The term mātṛkā or “matrix” as a designation for the Basket of Abhidharma may reflect the way germinal lists called mātṛkā played an important role in “birthing” further texts. See Clarke 2004 and Hirakawa 1990, chapter 10.

    back
  97. Tib. khyams; Skt. pariṣanḍā. Kalyāṇamitra (F.316.a): khyams zhes bya ba ni gtsug lag khang gi sgo’i bar gyi bang rim mo.

    back
  98. “ ’Should be bathed’; should massage and rub and wash with water as appropriate to the season” (Kalyāṇamitra, F.316.a.6).

    back
  99. The Tibetan translation appears to elide two sentences where it reads de dag la gnas bstabs pa dang/ gnas mal bstabs pa dang/ las bstabs pa dang/ rnyed pa bstabs pa dang/ bsnyen bkur ba bstabs pa dang/ chos mnyan pa sbyin par bya’o. The Sanskrit does not mention listening to teachings but rather says only that the visiting monk should be given the services of these monastery officials (Poṣadhavastu 63.2, teṣāṃ vastuparihāraḥ śayanāsanaparihāraḥ karmaparihāraḥ lābhaparihāra upasthāyakaparihāro dātavyaḥ). Both Kalyāṇamitra (F.316.a) and Dharmamitra (vol. yu, F.114.b) give two sentences, first stating that monastery officials should tend to the visiting monk’s needs and then stating the monks should listen to the Dharma (chos mnyan par bya’o). Everyone on site should willingly embrace the opportunity to receive teachings, set up a lion’s throne, and not talk so as not to create a clamor. Kalyāṇamitra (F.316.a): chos mnyan par bya’o zhes bya ba ni der thams cad kyi spro ba bskyed par bya zhing seng ge’i khri bshams pa la sogs pa thams cad kyis brjod par mi bya ste ca cor ’gyur ba’i phyir ro.

    back
  100. Here, Kalyāṇamitra explains “hindering qualities” to mean “defeats, and so on,” so offenses that have already been confessed and expiated through the appropriate means are not considered “hindering.” Kalyāṇamitra (F.317.a): bar chad kyi chos rnams zhes bya ba ni pham par ’gyur ba la sogs pa’o.

    back
  101. Here, “consent” renders Tib. ’dun pa; Skt. chanda, whereas above “consent” has rendered Tib. gnang ba; Skt. adhivāsana and Tib. rjes su gnang; Skt. anujānāmi.

    back
  102. Kalyāṇamitra (F.317.b): nam mkha’ la ’dug par mi bya’o zhes bya ba ni nam mkha’ la ’dug pa’am ’gro bar mi bya’o.

    back
  103. The exact meaning of the phrase chu lkog ma nub tsam is unclear and does not appear in the Sanskrit. Kalyāṇamitra notes that this is allowed if there is no other path: chu lkog ma nub tsam la ’bog par mi bya’o zhes bya ba ni ’gro ba’i lam gzhan yod na ste med na ni nyes pa med do (Kalyāṇamitra, F.317.a.7).

    back
  104. Absentmindedness is a sort of frivolous forgetfulness between doubt, uncertainty, disinterest, or disrespect for the teaching. Kalyāṇamitra (F.317.b): ma klas pa nyid ces bya ba ni bstan pa de la the tshom za ba nyid dang/ ma nges pa nyid dang/ ma mos pa nyid dang/ ma gus pa nyid kyi bar ma do na g.yel bag tu ldom pa’o.

    back
  105. That is, those within the boundary but not present at the meeting (Kalyāṇamitra, F.317.b.2).

    back
  106. The following alternative does not appear in the Sanskrit.

    back
  107. The words “the monk who has received a profession of purity” have been added to the translation here, and in paragraphs #UT22084-001-002-621 and #UT22084-001-002-626 below, to make the questions clear.

    back
  108. The following two questions and replies do not appear in the Sanskrit.

    back
  109. In receiving a sick monastic’s profession of purity, the monk who has received it should assure the sick monastic he will deliver the message to the saṅgha. The monk messenger’s mere appearance before the saṅgha is therefore taken to be sufficient to assuage doubts about the sick monastic’s purity regardless of whether or not the monk is able to receive the profession of purity in full (Kalyāṇamitra, F.317.b.6–7). In short, the monastic who is sick is considered to have professed purity even if the messenger never gets to communicate or verbalize that profession.

    back
  110. That is, announce that the Dharma will be taught or recited. The extant Sanskrit stops here and picks up again with the Tibetan on F.176.b.

    back
  111. Kalyāṇamitra glosses “sanction” (Tib. byin gyis brlabs) to mean “in order to do at another time and ‘I shall do another.’ ” See Kalyāṇamitra (F.318.a.2): byin gyis brlab po zhes bya ba ni dus gzhan du bya ba’i phyir dang/ gzhan par bya ba’o. This is a formal acknowledgement that the rite could not be performed as prescribed by a saṅgha of at least four members and a declaration of one’s intention to perform it properly when circumstances allow.

    back
  112. Protocol demands that all monks within the boundary must be together with the saṅgha’s acts by either attending in person or giving their consent. If an apprehended monk is within the boundary, for instance at a monastic site within a town, an inner circle is formed so that the saṅgha can convene without securing a quorum from the apprehended monk who, given his detainment, is unable to give it (Kalyāṇamitra, F.318.a.6).

    back
  113. A monastic absent from any official act of the saṅgha (except the demarcating of a boundary, which is done to establish a monastic site) must first send word they consent to any official acts taken in their absence. Such consent is sent by proxy. A profession of purity is required from all monastics within a boundary before The Prātimokṣa Sūtra can be recited during the restoration rite. So, if a monastic cannot attend the rites of restoration or lifting restrictions, they must convey a profession of their purity as well as consent to the act. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.318.a–b): de’i ’dun pa blang bar bya’o zhes bya ba la/ gal te ’dun pa dang yongs su dag pa gnyis la bye brag ci yod ce na/ ’dun pa dbul ba la ni las mthun pa bsgrub pa’i phyir ro/ /yongs su dag pa dbul ba ni bdag nyid kyis gso sbyong nyams su myong bar bya ba’i phyir ro/ /de’i phyir dge slong des bdag nyid yongs su dag par bya ba’i phyir yongs su dag par dbul bar bya zhing dge ’dun gyis las mthun par bya ba’i phyir de’i ’dun pa yang blang bar bya’o zhes gsungs pa yin no/ de lta bas na gso sbyong dang dgag dbye gnyis la ni dge slong gis ’dun pa dang yongs su dag pa gnyis ka blang bar bya ba la mtshams bcad pa ma gtogs pa’i las gzhan la ni ’dun pa ’ba’ zhig blang bar bya ste/ nye ba ’khor mtshams bcad pa ma gtogs pa’i las gzhan thams cad ni ’dun pa dang bcas pa yin no zhes gsungs pa’i phyir ro.

    back
  114. Tib. chos bzhin du; Skt. yathā dharmam.

    back
  115. The words “the monk receiving consent and a profession of purity” have been added to the translation here, and in paragraphs #UT22084-001-002-665 and #UT22084-001-002-669 below, to make the questions clear.

    back
  116. The scripts for such formal procedures usually include a generic “monk so-and-so” (Tib. che ge mo). Here, the script names Saikata, the subject who prompted the original ruling, but presumably, in practice, the wording would have been adapted to fit the circumstances.

    back
  117. Tib. lan pa.

    back
  118. Tib. ’chags pa.

    back
  119. That is, when monks are recollecting offenses on the day of the restoration rite. Kalyāṇamitra (F.318.b): “Here, ‘hindrance’ means ‘should not be done’ ” (bar bcad ba zhes bya ba ni ’dir mi bya ba’o), i.e. the restoration rite. Hence, the restoration rite may be done after offenses are confessed.

    back
  120. Kalyāṇamitra (F.318.b) says the former is doubt held by others while the latter is doubt held by oneself: dogs pa zhes bya ba ni gzhan gyis byas pa’i the tshom mo/ /yid gnyis zhes bya ba ni rang gis byas pa’i the tshom mo. Kalyāṇamitra explains that every fortnight before performing the restoration rite, if they have not already done so, monastics should scrutinize themselves for things that should be curbed (Tib. bsdam par bya ba; Skt. saṃvara­karaṇīya), that is, subtle mental faults; things that should be confessed (Tib. bshags par bya ba; Skt. deśanīya), that is, simple atonements, confessables, and misdeeds; and things that should be sanctioned (Tib. byin gyis brlab pa; Skt. adhiṣṭheya), that is, saṅgha remnants and transgressions requiring forfeiture. Kalyāṇamitra (F.244.a): ’di dang snga ma’i byin gyis brlab pa’i skabs dag tu ha cang yun ring na mi mdzes pas sngags lan re bzlas pas chog ste lan gsum ni mi nyes pa de yang gang zhe na/ de’i phyir bsdam par bya ba dang/ bshags par bya ba dang/ byin gyis brlab par bya ba dag ces bya ba gsungs te/ bsdam par bya ba zhes bya ba ni yid kyi nyes byas phra mo’o/ bshags par bya ba zhes bya ba ni ltung byed dang/ so sor bshags par bya ba dang/ bshags pa’i nyes byas so/ /byin gyis brlab par bya ba dag ces bya ba ni dge ’dun lhag ma dang/ spang ba’i ltung byed dag go/ /de dag la so sor brtag par bya zhing zhes bya ba ni/ bdag la nyes pa de dag gang byung ba la so sor brtag par bya zhing ngo.

    back
  121. Kalyāṇamitra (F.319.a) says that the protocol for sanctioning (Tib. byin gyis brlab pa; Skt. adhi√sthā) a saṅgha remnant or a transgression requiring forfeiture would take an inappropriately long time, so it is permissible to recite the relevant formulas once rather than three times: ’di dang snga ma’i byin gyis brlab pa’i skabs dag tu ha cang yun ring na mi mdzes pas sngags lan re bzlas pas chog ste lan gsum ni mi dgos so.

    back
  122. The Tibetan translation here reads chos bzhin du slar byi’o, which is presumably the same as phyir bcos, to “make amends” for an offense.

    back
  123. Kalyāṇamitra explains “in accord with the Vinaya” to mean “to make amends as (stipulated) in the Vinaya.” Kalyāṇamitra (F.326.a): ’dul ba bzhin zhes bya ba ni ’dul ba bzhin phyir bcos pa las mi ’da’ bar ro.

    back
  124. The text does not state so explicitly but, according to the proper protocol for an act of motion alone, or any official act of the saṅgha, the “monk officiant” (Tib. dge slong las byed pa; Skt. karmakārako bhikṣuḥ) would say this on behalf of the entire assembly.

    back
  125. These four terms signify different degrees of acquaintance or intimacy but in all cases imply a friendly and warm relationship. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.266.b): gtam ’dres pa zhes bya ba ni tshur shog ’ongs pa legs so zhes bya ba la sogs pa’i gtam ’dres dga’ bar gyur pa’o/ /phebs par smra ba zhes bya ba ni yid gcugs pa smra bas bshes par gyur pa’o/ /smos ’drin zhes bya ba ni ngo shes shing ming dang rus la sogs pa ’dzin pas snying du sdug par gyur pa’o/ /’grogs bshes zhes bya ba ni lam gcig tu ’gro ba la sogs pa’i bya bas shes ba cung zad skyes pa’o.

    back
  126. Our translation of this last sentence is uncertain.

    back
  127. Where one can be seen, e.g. in front of the hall and so on. Kalyāṇamitra (F.319.a.1): snang ba’i phyogs su zhes bya ba ni khyams la sogs par ro.

    back
  128. To “prompt” (Tib. gleng ba; Skt. codanā) means to state the fault for the monastic suspected of an offense. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.319.a): gleng bar mi bya zhes bya ba ni nyes pa bsgrags pas so.

    back
  129. That is, suggesting a time and companions for confession. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.319.a): dran par mi bya zhes bya ba ni bshags pa’i dus dang grogs brjod pas so.

    back
  130. This final section does not contain a “summary” (Tib. sdom; Skt. uddāna) like the previous four. Instead, each section concludes with an “intervening summary” (Tib. bar sdom; Skt. antaroddāna).

    back
  131. Kalyāṇamitra explains that “monks who have not yet arrived” refers to monks who live within the site boundary but have not yet arrived at the restoration rite site. See F.319.a: dge slong gang dag ma lhags pa zhes bya ba ni mtshams kyi nang na gnas pa gang dag las kyi gnas der ma lhags pa dag go.

    back
  132. In the following section, the Tibetan translation details eighty-one permutations, comprising nine sets of nine. Each set of nine represents three motivations—fabricated, doubtful, and divisive—multiplied by three scenarios: where a group of monks—resident, visiting, or some combination thereof—performs the restoration rite without waiting for monks who are yet to arrive. These eighty-one permutations establish one basic principle: monks should not proceed with the restoration rite until all monks have arrived. While the Sanskrit for most of this section is no longer extant, an “intervening summary” (Tib. bar sdom; Skt. antaroddāna) survives that reads: bhedo vimatir vyagraḥ kalpā | na labhanti labhanti ca (Poṣadhavastu 97), corresponding to the summary on F.220.a of the Tibetan text in the Degé Kangyur (dbyen dang yid gnyis mi mthun dang/ rtog dang ma rnyed rnyed pa’o, translated here at #UT22084-001-002-1602). This adds one further motivation—vyagra or “discord” (Tib. mi mthun pa)—to the Tibetan index of this section on F.176.b (translated here at #UT22084-001-002-1002), which gives rtog pa dang ni yid gnyis dbyen, or fabricated (kalpā), doubt (vimati), and divisiveness (bheda). We have translated Tib. rtog pa; Skt. kalpā as “fabricated” following Kalyāṇamitra (F.319.a), who glosses rtog pa as “deceit” (Tib. sgyu thabs; Skt. vyāja): rtog pa zhes bya ba ni sgyu thabs so/ /des don du gnyer ba ni sgyu thabs kyis jug pa’i las des gso sbyong don du gnyer zhing byed ’dod pa’o. The scenario being described here is one in which a group of monks maintain (wrongly) that it is valid to proceed even if some monks have not yet arrived. Following Kalyāṇamitra, the reader must assume that the monks in question are intentionally using this as a pretense to exclude other monks from the restoration rite. A similar list of four motivations is found the Uposathakkhandaka, the Pāli parallel to the present text, which gives vaggāvaggasaññī, vematika, kukkuccapakata, and bhedapurekkhāra, or “the perception of an incomplete [assembly] as complete”; “doubtful”; “anxious by nature” or “having a bad character”; and “intent on or preparing for division.” Note also that the last items in both the Pāli and Sanskrit lists do not exactly correspond. The Pāli gives bhedapurekkhāra (Skt. bheda­puraskāra) where the Sanskrit gives bhedapariṣkāra (Tib. yo byad can). This difference may be inconsequential, however, since both purekkhāra and pariṣkāra can mean “preparation.”

    back
  133. Kalyāṇamitra (F.319.a): rtog pa’i yo byad can zhes bya ba ni sgyu thabs de nyid yo byad dang rgyur sbyar nas gso sbyong gi las la ’jug pa gang la yod pa dag go.

    back
  134. This is the first of eighty-one permutations that run from #UT22084-001-002-749-#UT22084-001-002-1000

    back
  135. Here starts the second of nine sets of nine, in which resident monks perform the restoration rite before visiting monks arrive.

    back
  136. Here starts the third of nine sets of nine, in which resident monks perform the restoration rite before a mix of visiting and resident monks arrives.

    back
  137. Here starts the fourth of nine sets of nine, in which visiting monks perform the restoration rite before visiting monks arrive.

    back
  138. Here starts the fifth of nine sets of nine, in which visiting monks perform the restoration rite before resident monks arrive.

    back
  139. Here starts the sixth of nine sets of nine, in which visiting monks perform the restoration rite before a mix of visiting and resident monks arrives.

    back
  140. The Degé (F.168.b.4–5) mistakenly repeats “equal number of visiting monks” (Tib. dge slong glo bur du ’ong pa mnyam pa dag).

    back
  141. The Degé (F.169.a.1) mistakenly repeats “equal number of visiting monks” (Tib. dge slong glo bur du ’ong pa mnyam pa dag).

    back
  142. The Degé (F.169.a.4) mistakenly repeats “equal number of visiting monks” (Tib. dge slong glo bur du ’ong pa mnyam pa dag).

    back
  143. Here starts the seventh of nine sets of nine, in which a mix of visiting and resident monks perform the restoration rite before a smaller group of visiting monks arrives.

    back
  144. Here starts the eighth of nine sets of nine, in which a mix of visiting and resident monks perform the restoration rite before visiting monks arrive.

    back
  145. Here starts the ninth of nine sets of nine, in which a mix of visiting and resident monks perform the restoration rite before resident monks arrive.

    back
  146. The Sanskrit of this “intervening summary” (Tib. bar sdom; Skt. antaroddāna) reads: bhedo vimatir vyagraḥ kalpā | na labhanti labhanti ca.

    back
  147. “Thinking of their duty” (Tib. chos kyi ’dus shes can; Skt. dharmasaṃjñina) and “thinking the saṅgha was complete” (Tib. mthun pa’i ’dus shes can; Skt. samagra­saṃjñina). That is, not wanting to neglect the restoration rite and not realizing they did not have a quorum. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.320.a): chos kyi ’du shes can zhes bya ba ni gso sbyong gi cho ga nyams par mi ’dod pa’i phyir ro/ /mthun pa’i ’du shes can zhes bya ba ni dge slong ’ga’ dang yang mi mthun par mi ’dod pa’i phyir te/ gang dag mtshams kyi nang na gnas pa de dag thams cad der tshogs par sems pa’o.

    back
  148. Here starts the first of nine sets of eight, in which a group of resident monks arrives before a group of resident monks. The Sanskrit (Gilgit Manuscripts 6.730) resumes here with sūtroddeśam uddiśanti. This also marks the start of another set of permutations, this one seventy-two in total, which describe how communities can avoid hurt feelings when a group of monastics arrives after the restoration rite has already begun. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.320.a–b): tshig ’di ni phyis lhags pa dag mi dga’ bar ’gyur ba spang ba’i phyir te/ ’di ltar dge slong gnyug mar gnas pa dag phyi rol du dong ban na de dag gis gso sbyong brtsams shing de’i ’og tu gnyug mar gnas pa de dag phyir lhags pa na/ de dag ’di snyam du bdag cag phyi rol du dong ba na ’di dag gis ma bsdad par gso sbyong bya bar brtsams so zhes mi dga’ bar ’gyur bas de spang ba’i phyir ro.

    back
  149. That is, they are still within earshot and have not left the restoration rite site. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.320.b): de’i phyir ma dong bar zhes bya ba gsungs te/ thos pa’i nye ’khor nas ma ’das shing gso sbyong gi gnas ma btang ba zhes bya ba’i tha tshig go.

    back
  150. The monks who gathered earlier for the restoration rite should make the motion and then all the monks together should perform the restoration rite (Kalyāṇamitra, F.320.b.4). This should be applied to all similar instances in the following sections of the text.

    back
  151. Translating tshogs rnyed na after Kalyāṇamitra (F.320.b): tshogs pa zhes bya ba ni dong ba rnams yang gso sbyong gi gnas su phyir bsdu ba’o/ /’di ni ’dod pas ’jug pa yin gyi nges pa ni ma yin no.

    back
  152. Following Kalyāṇamitra (F.320.b): de dag gis dkyil ’khor bar dong ste zhes bya ba ni phyis lhags pa dag gis te/ ’di ni mi mthun pa spang ba’i phyir ro.

    back
  153. Here starts the second of nine sets of eight, in which a group of resident monks arrives before a group of visiting monks.

    back
  154. Here starts the third of nine sets of eight, in which a group of resident monks begins the restoration rite before a group of visiting and resident monks.

    back
  155. Here starts the fourth of nine sets of eight, in which a group of visiting monks begins the restoration rite before another group of visiting monks.

    back
  156. Here starts the fifth of nine sets of eight, in which a group of visiting monks begins the restoration rite before a group of resident monks.

    back
  157. Here starts the sixth of nine sets of eight, in which a group of visiting monks begins the restoration rite before a group of visiting and resident monks.

    back
  158. Here starts the seventh of nine sets of eight, in which a group of visiting and resident monks begins the restoration rite before another group of visiting and resident monks .

    back
  159. Here starts the eighth of nine sets of eight, in which a group of visiting monks begins the restoration rite before a group of visiting and resident monks arrives.

    back
  160. Here starts the ninth of nine sets of eight, in which a group of visiting and resident monks begins the restoration rite before a group of visiting monks.

    back
  161. Here starts the first of nine sets of four, in which a greater number of monks arrives after a smaller group.

    back
  162. Here starts the second of nine sets of four, in which a greater number of monks arrives after a smaller group.

    back
  163. Here starts the third of nine sets of four, in which a greater number of monks arrives after a smaller group.

    back
  164. Here starts the fourth of nine sets of four, in which a greater number of monks arrives after a smaller group.

    back
  165. Here starts the fifth of nine sets of four, in which a greater number of monks arrives after a smaller group.

    back
  166. Here starts the sixth of nine sets of four, in which a greater number of monks arrives after a smaller group.

    back
  167. Here starts the seventh of nine sets of four, in which a greater number of monks arrives after a smaller group.

    back
  168. Here starts the eighth of nine sets of four, in which a greater number of monks arrives after a smaller group.

    back
  169. Here starts the ninth of nine sets of four, in which a greater number of monks arrives after a smaller group.

    back
  170. The restoration rite is held on the new and full moons, which occur roughly every fifteen days or on the fifteenth of the month. The first of the lunar month occurs on the day of the new moon while the fourteenth occurs on the day before the full moon.

    back
  171. When there is disagreement over the date of the restoration rite, the minority must “follow” or “defer” to the majority, for the rule of the majority is a basic saṅgha principle. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.322.a): rjes su ’jug par bya’o zhes bya ba ni de dag gi tshig gis gso sbyong bya ba’am mi bya’o/ /’dir nyung dus mang po dag gi rjes su ’jug par bya ba ni nges pa yin te/ mang po dag mthu che ba’i phyir ro.

    back
  172. If the sides are evenly split, visiting monks defer to resident monks, for residents have greater authority than visitors. See Kalyāṇamitra (F.322.a): mnyam pa yin na ni gnyug mar gnas pa dag gi rjes su ’jug par bya ste/ gnyug mar gnas pa dag mthu che ba’i phyir ro.

    back
  173. For instance, a visitor’s belongings placed in an appropriate place. Kalyāṇamitra (F.322.b): glo bur du ’ongs pa’i rnam pa zhes bya ba ni yo byad dag gnas pa ma yin par gzhag pa’o. Tib. rnam pa; Skt. ākāra.

    back
  174. For instance, several visitors’ belongings in a pile. Kalyāṇamitra (F.322.b): glo bur du ’ongs pa’i rtags zhes bya ba ni yo byad dag phung po gcig tu byas pa’o. Tib. rtags; Skt. liṅga.

    back
  175. For instance, dirt and grass from a visitor’s sandals or clothes. Kalyāṇamitra (F.322.b): glo bur du ’ongs pa’i mtshan ma zhes bya ba ni mchil lham dang gos las byung ba’i rdul gyi rtswa dag bsogs pa’o. Tib. mtshan ma; Skt. nimitta.

    back
  176. Skt. yaṣṭi. Following Kalyāṇamitra, read ’khar ba for khar ba (Kalyāṇamitra, F.322.b.3).

    back
  177. Here starts the first of three groups of six in the first of four sets of eighteen, in which resident monks see a smaller number of visiting monks.

    back
  178. Tib. chos ma yin pa’i ’du shes can mi mthun pa’i ’du shes can; Skt. adharmasaṃjñina vyagrasaṃjñina. “Heedless of duty” is a somewhat loose translation of chos ma yin pa’i ’du shes can/adharmasaṃjñin but is, we believe, supported by the context. The term mi mthun pa’i ’du shes can/vyagrasaṃjñina suggests an intention to undermine the unity of the saṅgha, thereby leaving it unable to perform any official acts.

    back
  179. Here starts the second of three groups of six in the first of four sets of eighteen, in which resident monks see an equal number of visiting monks.

    back
  180. Here starts the third of three groups of six in the first of four sets of eighteen, in which resident monks see a greater number of visiting monks.

    back
  181. Here starts the first of three groups of six in the second of four sets of eighteen, in which resident monks hear a smaller number of visiting monks.

    back
  182. Here starts the second of three groups of six in the second of four sets of eighteen, in which resident monks hear an equal number of visiting monks.

    back
  183. Here starts the third of three groups of six in the second of four sets of eighteen, in which resident monks hear a greater number of visiting monks.

    back
  184. For instance, the dust wet down with sprinkled water.

    back
  185. For instance, sitting mats laid out.

    back
  186. For instance, oil lamps burning.

    back
  187. Here starts the first of three groups of six in the third of four sets of eighteen, in which visiting monks see a smaller number of resident monks.

    back
  188. Here starts the second of three groups of six in the third of four sets of eighteen, in which visiting monks see an equal number of resident monks.

    back
  189. Here starts the third of three groups of six in the third of four sets of eighteen, in which visiting monks see a greater number of resident monks.

    back
  190. Here starts the first of three groups of six in the final of four sets of eighteen, in which visiting monks hear a smaller number of resident monks.

    back
  191. Here starts the second of three groups of six in the final of four sets of eighteen, in which visiting monks hear an equal number of resident monks.

    back
  192. Here starts the third of three groups of six in the final of four sets of eighteen, in which visiting monks hear a greater number of resident monks.

    back
  193. Six different types of residences are presented here: (1) A “site with monks” is a site where all of the formal acts of the saṅgha are performed. (2) A “site/nonsite with monks” is a site where only some of the formal acts are performed. (3) A “site with nuns” is a site where nuns reside and, presumably, host all of the formal acts of the saṅgha with the assistance of a monk saṅgha where ritually stipulated. (4–5) A “nonsite,” with or without monks, is where no formal acts of saṅgha are performed, either because the monks on site do not know how to recite The Prātimokṣa Sūtra or because non-Buddhists reside there. (6) A “site/nonsite without monks” refers to an uninhabited place (Kalyāṇamitra, F.323.a.5). See also #UT22084-001-002-1624.

    back
  194. Circumstances that threaten a monastic’s pure conduct (Tib. tshul khrims; Skt. śīla). See Kalyāṇamitra (F.323.b): gnod pa zhes bya ba ni dge slong gi tshul khrims kyi bar chad do.

    back
  195. The extant Sanskrit ends here.

    back
  196. “All acts” refers to the 101 official or formal acts of the saṅgha (Kalyāṇamitra, F.323.b.4).

    back
  197. Tib. dge sbyong du khas che ba rnams dang ma yin (not found in the Sanskrit).

    back
  198. A colophon to the Tibetan text appears only at the very end of The Chapters on Monastic Discipline (Toh 1, ch. 17, vol. nga F.302.a), but a translation is included here for the benefit of readers while the final chapter remains unpublished. It reads as follows:

    May those beautiful flowers that have rained down
    From the Great Sage’s moon-like visage
    Remain among beings for a long time to come,
    Overcoming evil views without being snared.

    Translated by the Kāśmirī preceptor Sarvajñādeva, the Indian preceptor Vidyākāraprabha, the Kāśmirī preceptor Dharmākāra, and the translator and monk Palgyi Lhunpo. The Indian preceptor Vidyākāraprabha and the chief editor of translations, the monk Paltsek, retranslated and proofed the text before settling upon the final version.

    The Buddha said that acceptance is the supreme hardship, acceptance is the supreme nirvāṇa.
    One who harms other renunciants and does violence to them is not an ascetic.

    ye dharmā hetuprabhavā hetuṃ teṣāṃ tathāgata uvāca, teṣāṃ ca yo nirodha evaṃvadī mahāśramaṇaḥ

    back

Все материалы на сайте, общедоступны и на них не распространяется авторское право. В некоммерческих целях их разрешено свободно воспроизводить в любой форме без разрешения авторов.

Копировать, размещать на сайтах, в социальных сетях, цитировать, печатать. Это дар нашего фонда для всего человечества.

По всем вопросам пишите Нара Лока naraloka.ru

Политика обработки персональных данных и пользовательское соглашение